ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
“Etadaggaṁ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ abhinimminantānaṁ yadidaṁ cūḷapanthako. “The foremost of my monk disciples in creating a mind-made body is Cūḷapanthaka. cūḷapanthako → cullapanthako (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) "
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākaccāno varaṇāyaṁ viharati bhaddasāritīre. At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying at Varaṇā, on the bank of the Kaddama Lake. bhaddasāritīre → kaddamadahatīre (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākaccāno madhurāyaṁ viharati gundāvane. At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying near Madhurā, in Gunda’s Grove. Daharā mayaṁ, daharabhūmiyaṁ ṭhitā”ti. we are youths, at the stage of youth.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Idha, bhikkhave, pāpaṇiko pubbaṇhasamayaṁ na sakkaccaṁ kammantaṁ adhiṭṭhāti, majjhanhikasamayaṁ na sakkaccaṁ kammantaṁ adhiṭṭhāti, sāyanhasamayaṁ na sakkaccaṁ kammantaṁ adhiṭṭhāti. It’s when a shopkeeper doesn’t carefully apply themselves to their work in the morning, at midday, and in the afternoon. majjhanhikasamayaṁ → majjhantikaṁ samayaṁ (bj); majjhantikasamayaṁ (sya-all, km, pts1ed) Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pubbaṇhasamayaṁ na sakkaccaṁ samādhinimittaṁ adhiṭṭhāti, majjhanhikasamayaṁ na sakkaccaṁ samādhinimittaṁ adhiṭṭhāti, sāyanhasamayaṁ na sakkaccaṁ samādhinimittaṁ adhiṭṭhāti. It’s when a mendicant doesn’t carefully apply themselves to a meditation subject as a foundation of immersion in the morning, at midday, and in the afternoon. Idha, bhikkhave, pāpaṇiko pubbaṇhasamayaṁ sakkaccaṁ kammantaṁ adhiṭṭhāti, majjhanhikasamayaṁ …pe… sāyanhasamayaṁ sakkaccaṁ kammantaṁ adhiṭṭhāti. It’s when a shopkeeper carefully applies themselves to their work in the morning, at midday, and in the afternoon. Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pubbaṇhasamayaṁ sakkaccaṁ samādhinimittaṁ adhiṭṭhāti, majjhanhikasamayaṁ …pe… sāyanhasamayaṁ sakkaccaṁ samādhinimittaṁ adhiṭṭhāti. It’s when a mendicant carefully applies themselves to a meditation subject as a foundation of immersion in the morning, at midday, and in the afternoon.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā āḷaviyaṁ viharati gomagge siṁsapāvane paṇṇasanthare. At one time the Buddha was staying near Āḷavī, on a mat of leaves by a cow-path in a grove of Indian Rosewood.
Yāvasubhāsitamidaṁ bhotā gotamena imehi ca mayaṁ tīhi pāṭihāriyehi samannāgataṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ dhārema. how well this was said by Master Gotama. We regard Master Gotama as someone who possesses these three kinds of demonstration.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena venāgapuraṁ nāma kosalānaṁ brāhmaṇagāmo tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants when he arrived at a village of the Kosalan brahmins named Venāgapura. “Idhāhaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yaṁ gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā upanissāya viharāmi, so pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya tameva gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya pavisāmi. “Brahmin, when I am living supported by a village or town, I robe up in the morning and, taking my bowl and robe, enter the town or village for alms. “Idhāhaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yaṁ gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā upanissāya viharāmi, so pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya tameva gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya pavisāmi. “Brahmin, when I am living supported by a village or town, I robe up in the morning and, taking my bowl and robe, enter the town or village for alms. “Idhāhaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yaṁ gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā upanissāya viharāmi, so pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya tameva gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya pavisāmi. “Brahmin, when I am living supported by a village or town, I robe up in the morning and, taking my bowl and robe, enter the town or village for alms. Ete mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāma dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. We go for refuge to Master Gotama, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pavisiṁsu. Then several mendicants robed up in the morning and, taking their bowls and robes, entered Rājagaha for alms. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena sippinikātīraṁ paribbājakārāmo yena sarabho paribbājako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā sarabhaṁ paribbājakaṁ etadavoca: Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the wanderers’ monastery on the banks of the Sappinī river to visit Sarabha the wanderer. He sat on the seat spread out, and said to the wanderer Sarabha,
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena kesamuttaṁ nāma kālāmānaṁ nigamo tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants when he arrived at a town of the Kālāmas named Kesamutta. kesamuttaṁ → kesaputtaṁ (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) ete mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāma dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. We go for refuge to Master Gotama, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.
ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā nandako sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. Now at that time Venerable Nandaka was staying near Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. “Mayaṁ kho, āvuso, rāgassa pahānaṁ paññāpema, dosassa pahānaṁ paññāpema, mohassa pahānaṁ paññapemā”ti. “We do, reverend.” Idaṁ kho mayaṁ, āvuso, rāge ādīnavaṁ disvā rāgassa pahānaṁ paññāpema. This is the drawback we’ve seen in greed, hate, and delusion, and this is why we advocate giving them up.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena saṅkavā nāma kosalānaṁ nigamo tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. He arrived at a town of the Kosalans named Paṅkadhā, saṅkavā → paṅkadhā (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) “Ekamidaṁ, bhante, samayaṁ bhagavā saṅkavāyaṁ viharati, saṅkavā nāma kosalānaṁ nigamo. an3.91 Yato ca kho tvaṁ, kassapa, accayaṁ accayato disvā yathādhammaṁ paṭikarosi, taṁ te mayaṁ paṭiggaṇhāma. But since you have recognized your mistake for what it is, and have dealt with it properly, I accept it.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kusinārāyaṁ viharati baliharaṇe vanasaṇḍe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Kusinārā, in the Forest of Offerings. So tassā rattiyā accayena pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena tassa gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkamati; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdati. When the night has passed, they robe up in the morning, take their bowl and robe, and approach that householder’s home, where they sit on the seat spread out. So tassā rattiyā accayena pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena tassa gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkamati; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdati. When the night has passed, they robe up in the morning, take their bowl and robe, and approach that householder’s home, where they sit on the seat spread out.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno yena kapilavatthu tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans when he arrived at Kapilavatthu. “Gaccha, mahānāma, kapilavatthusmiṁ, tathārūpaṁ āvasathaṁ jāna yatthajja mayaṁ ekarattiṁ vihareyyāmā”ti. “Go into Kapilavatthu, Mahānāma, and check if there’s a suitable guest house where I can spend the night.”
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṁ viharati isipatane migadāye. At one time the Buddha was staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya bārāṇasiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Varanasi for alms. “Idhāhaṁ, bhikkhave, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya bārāṇasiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ. an3.128
Idha, anuruddha, mātugāmo pubbaṇhasamayaṁ maccheramalapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā agāraṁ ajjhāvasati, majjhanhikasamayaṁ issāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā agāraṁ ajjhāvasati, sāyanhasamayaṁ kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā agāraṁ ajjhāvasati. A female lives at home with a heart full of the stain of stinginess in the morning, jealousy at midday, and sexual desire in the evening.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati moranivāpe paribbājakārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, at the monastery of the wanderers in the peacocks’ feeding ground.
“Ye, bhikkhave, sattā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ kāyena sucaritaṁ caranti, vācāya sucaritaṁ caranti, manasā sucaritaṁ caranti, supubbaṇho, bhikkhave, tesaṁ sattānaṁ. “Mendicants, those sentient beings who do good things in the morning by way of body, speech, and mind have a good morning. Ye → ye hi (bj, pts1ed) Ye, bhikkhave, sattā majjhanhikasamayaṁ kāyena sucaritaṁ caranti, vācāya sucaritaṁ caranti, manasā sucaritaṁ caranti, sumajjhanhiko, bhikkhave, tesaṁ sattānaṁ. Those sentient beings who do good things at midday by way of body, speech, and mind have a good midday. Ye, bhikkhave, sattā sāyanhasamayaṁ kāyena sucaritaṁ caranti, vācāya sucaritaṁ caranti, manasā sucaritaṁ caranti, susāyanho, bhikkhave, tesaṁ sattānanti. Those sentient beings who do good things in the evening by way of body, speech, and mind have a good evening.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. “Ekamidāhaṁ, bhikkhave, samayaṁ uruvelāyaṁ viharāmi najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhe paṭhamābhisambuddho. “Mendicants, this one time, when I was first awakened, I was staying in Uruvelā at the goatherd’s banyan tree on the bank of the Nerañjarā River.
“Ekamidāhaṁ, bhikkhave, samayaṁ uruvelāyaṁ viharāmi najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhe paṭhamābhisambuddho. “Mendicants, this one time, when I was first awakened, I was staying in Uruvelā at the goatherd’s banyan tree on the bank of the Nerañjarā River.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena sippinikātīraṁ paribbājakārāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā te paribbājake etadavoca: Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the wanderer’s monastery on the banks of the Sappinī river, He sat down on the seat spread out, and said to the wanderers:
“Sīho, bhikkhave, migarājā sāyanhasamayaṁ āsayā nikkhamati. “Mendicants, towards evening the lion, king of beasts, emerges from his den, ‘aniccā vata kira, bho, mayaṁ samānā niccamhāti amaññimha; ‘Oh no! It turns out we’re impermanent, though we thought we were permanent! addhuvā vata kira, bho, mayaṁ samānā dhuvamhāti amaññimha; It turns out we don’t last, though we thought we were everlasting! asassatā vata kira, bho, mayaṁ samānā sassatamhāti amaññimha. It turns out we’re transient, though we thought we were eternal! Mayaṁ kira, bho, aniccā addhuvā asassatā sakkāyapariyāpannā’ti. It turns out that we’re impermanent, not lasting, transient, and included within substantial reality.’ aniccā kira bho mayaṁ; It turns out we’re impermanent!’
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. “Catūhi kho mayaṁ, bho gotama, dhammehi samannāgataṁ mahāpaññaṁ mahāpurisaṁ paññāpema. “Master Gotama, when someone has four qualities we describe him as a great man with great wisdom. Imehi kho mayaṁ, bho gotama, catūhi dhammehi samannāgataṁ mahāpaññaṁ mahāpurisaṁ paññāpema. When someone has these four qualities we describe him as a great man with great wisdom. Imehi ca mayaṁ, bho gotama, catūhi dhammehi samannāgataṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ dhārema; And we will remember Master Gotama as someone who has these four qualities.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā antarā ca ukkaṭṭhaṁ antarā ca setabyaṁ addhānamaggappaṭipanno hoti. At one time the Buddha was traveling along the road between Ukkaṭṭhā and Setavyā,
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He sat down on the seat spread out,
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā antarā ca madhuraṁ antarā ca verañjaṁ addhānamaggappaṭipanno hoti. At one time the Buddha was traveling along the road between Madhurā and Verañjā,
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. susumāragire → suṁsumāragire (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) | bhesakaḷāvane → bhesakalāvane (bj, pts1ed, mr) Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena nakulapituno gahapatissa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of the householder Nakula’s father, where he sat on the seat spread out. Iccheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, diṭṭhe ceva dhamme aññamaññaṁ passituṁ abhisamparāyañca aññamaññaṁ passitun”ti. We want to see each other in both this life and the next.” Iccheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, diṭṭhe ceva dhamme aññamaññaṁ passituṁ abhisamparāyañca aññamaññaṁ passitun”ti. We want to see each other in both this life and the next.”
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā koliyesu viharati pajjanikaṁ nāma koliyānaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Koliyans, where they have a town named Pajjanika. pajjanikaṁ → sajjanelaṁ (bj, pts1ed); pajjanelaṁ (sya-all, km) | koliyānaṁ → koḷiyānaṁ (pts1ed) Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena suppavāsāya koliyadhītuyā nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of Suppavāsā the Koliyan, where he sat on the seat spread out.
“Cattārimāni, gahapati, sukhāni adhigamanīyāni gihinā kāmabhoginā kālena kālaṁ samayena samayaṁ upādāya. “Householder, these four kinds of happiness can be earned by a layperson who enjoys sensual pleasures, depending on time and occasion. Imāni kho, gahapati, cattāri sukhāni adhigamanīyāni gihinā kāmabhoginā kālena kālaṁ samayena samayaṁ upādāyāti. These four kinds of happiness can be earned by a layperson who enjoys sensual pleasures, depending on time and occasion.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate acirapakkante devadatte. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain, not long after Devadatta had left.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kusinārāyaṁ viharati upavattane mallānaṁ sālavane antarena yamakasālānaṁ parinibbānasamaye. At one time the Buddha was staying between a pair of sal trees in the sal forest of the Mallas at Upavattana near Kusinārā at the time of his final extinguishment.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
‘mayaṁ kho pubbe agāriyabhūtā samānā aññe ovadāmapi anusāsāmapi. ‘Formerly, as a lay person, I advised and instructed others. ‘mayaṁ kho pubbe agāriyabhūtā samānā yaṁ icchāma taṁ khādāma, yaṁ na icchāma na taṁ khādāma; ‘Formerly, as a lay person, I used to eat, consume, taste, and drink what I wanted, not what I didn’t want. So evaṁ pabbajito samāno pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya pavisati arakkhiteneva kāyena arakkhitāya vācāya arakkhitena cittena anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā asaṁvutehi indriyehi. When they’ve gone forth, they robe up in the morning and, taking their bowl and robe, enter a village or town for alms without guarding body, speech, and mind, without establishing mindfulness, and without restraining the sense faculties. ‘mayaṁ kho pubbe agāriyabhūtā samānā pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitā samaṅgībhūtā paricārimhā; ‘Formerly, as a lay person, I amused myself, supplied and provided with the five kinds of sensual stimulation. So evaṁ pabbajito samāno pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya pavisati arakkhiteneva kāyena arakkhitāya vācāya arakkhitena cittena anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā asaṁvutehi indriyehi. When they’ve gone forth, they robe up in the morning and, taking their bowl and robe, enter a village or town for alms without guarding body, speech, and mind, without establishing mindfulness, and without restraining the sense faculties.
ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme. At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. Yato ca kho tvaṁ, bhagini, accayaṁ accayato disvā yathādhammaṁ paṭikarosi, taṁ te mayaṁ paṭiggaṇhāma. But since you have recognized your mistake for what it is, and have dealt with it properly, I accept it.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Once the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena sippinikātīre paribbājakārāmo tenupasaṅkami. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the wanderer’s monastery on the bank of the Sappinī river.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. Ekamidaṁ, bho gotama, samayaṁ todeyyassa brāhmaṇassa parisati parūpārambhaṁ vattenti: Once, members of the brahmin Todeyya’s assembly were going on complaining about others: Handa ca dāni mayaṁ, bho gotama, gacchāma. Well, now, Master Gotama, I must go. Bahukiccā mayaṁ bahukaraṇīyā”ti. I have many duties, and much to do.”
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother.
‘sarasi tvaṁ, mārisa, sarasi tvaṁ, mārisa, yattha mayaṁ pubbe brahmacariyaṁ acarimhā’ti. ‘Do you remember, good sir? Do you remember where we used to lead the spiritual life?’ ‘sarasi tvaṁ, mārisa, sarasi tvaṁ, mārisa, yattha mayaṁ pubbe brahmacariyaṁ acarimhā’ti. an4.191
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. ‘māyāvī samaṇo gotamo āvaṭṭaniṁ māyaṁ jānāti yāya aññatitthiyānaṁ sāvake āvaṭṭetī’ti, kacci te, bhante, bhagavato vuttavādino, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkhanti, dhammassa ca anudhammaṁ byākaronti, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgacchati, anabbhakkhātukāmā hi mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantan”ti? I trust that those who say this repeat what the Buddha has said, and do not misrepresent him with an untruth? Is their explanation in line with the teaching? Are there any legitimate grounds for rebuke and criticism?”
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando koliyesu viharati sāmugaṁ nāma koliyānaṁ nigamo. At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying in the land of the Koliyans, where they have a town named Sāpūga. sāmugaṁ nāma → sāpūgaṁ nāma (bj); sāpugaṁ nāma (sya-all, km); sāpūgannāma (pts1ed)
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He sat down on the seat spread out, and said to Mahāmoggallāna,
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena icchānaṅgalaṁ nāma kosalānaṁ brāhmaṇagāmo tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants when he arrived at a village of the Kosalan brahmins named Icchānaṅgala.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaddiye viharati jātiyā vane. At one time the Buddha was staying near Bhaddiya, in Jātiyā Wood. Atha kho bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena uggahassa meṇḍakanattuno nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then when the night had passed, the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to Uggaha’s home, where he sat on the seat spread out.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena uggassa gahapatino vesālikassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of the householder Ugga of Vesālī, where he sat on the seat spread out. Kālaṅkato ca uggo gahapati vesāliko aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapajji. and was reborn in a host of mind-made gods. Kālaṅkato → kālakato (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) "
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā nārado pāṭaliputte viharati kukkuṭārāme. At one time Venerable Nārada was staying near Pāṭaliputta, in the Chicken Monastery. “tena hi, samma piyaka, bhaddāya deviyā sarīraṁ āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjatha, yathā mayaṁ bhaddāya deviyā sarīraṁ cirataraṁ passeyyāmā”ti. “So, my good Piyaka, please place Queen Bhaddā’s corpse in an iron case filled with oil. Then close it up with another case, so that we can view Queen Bhaddā’s body even longer.” Ajjatagge dāni mayaṁ nhāyissāma ceva vilimpissāma bhattañca bhuñjissāma kammante ca payojessāmā”ti. From this day forth, I will bathe, anoint myself, eat my meals, and apply myself to my work.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Vesālī for alms.
So pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya tameva gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya pavisati arakkhiteneva kāyena arakkhitāya vācāya arakkhitena cittena anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā asaṁvutehi indriyehi. He robes up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, enters a village or town for alms without guarding body, speech, and mind, without establishing mindfulness, and without restraining the sense faculties. So pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya tameva gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya pavisati arakkhiteneva kāyena arakkhitāya vācāya arakkhitena cittena anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā asaṁvutehi indriyehi. He robes up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, enters a village or town for alms without guarding body, speech, and mind, without establishing mindfulness, and without restraining the sense faculties. So pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya tameva gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya pavisati arakkhiteneva kāyena arakkhitāya vācāya arakkhitena cittena anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā asaṁvutehi indriyehi. He robes up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, enters a village or town for alms without guarding body, speech, and mind, without establishing mindfulness, and without restraining the sense faculties. So pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya tameva gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya pavisati arakkhiteneva kāyena arakkhitāya vācāya arakkhitena cittena anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā asaṁvutehi indriyehi. He robes up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, enters a village or town for alms without guarding body, speech, and mind, without establishing mindfulness, and without restraining the sense faculties. So pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya tameva gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya pavisati rakkhiteneva kāyena rakkhitāya vācāya rakkhitena cittena upaṭṭhitāya satiyā saṁvutehi indriyehi. He robes up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, enters a village or town, guarding body, speech, and mind, establishing mindfulness, and restraining the sense faculties.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. Tena kho pana samayena kakudho nāma koliyaputto āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa upaṭṭhāko adhunākālaṅkato aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno. At that time the Koliyan named Kakudha—Venerable Mahāmoggallāna’s supporter—had recently passed away and been reborn in a certain host of mind-made gods. koliyaputto → koḷiyaputto (bj, sya-all, mr) “Kakudho nāma, bhante, koliyaputto mamaṁ upaṭṭhāko adhunākālaṅkato aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno hoti. an5.100 Yaṁ kho panassa amanāpaṁ, kathaṁ naṁ mayaṁ tena samudācareyyāma: And how could we treat them in a way that they don’t like? kathaṁ naṁ → kathannu (bj); kathaṁ nu (sya-all, km, pts1ed, mr); kathaṁ taṁ (katthaci) Yaṁ kho panassa amanāpaṁ, kathaṁ naṁ mayaṁ tena samudācareyyāma: And how could we treat them in a way that they don’t like? Yaṁ kho panassa amanāpaṁ, kathaṁ naṁ mayaṁ tena samudācareyyāma: And how could we treat them in a way that they don’t like? Yaṁ kho panassa amanāpaṁ, kathaṁ naṁ mayaṁ tena samudācareyyāma: And how could we treat them in a way that they don’t like? Yaṁ kho panassa amanāpaṁ, kathaṁ naṁ mayaṁ tena samudācareyyāma: And how could we treat them in a way that they don’t like?
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena gilānasālā tenupasaṅkami. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the infirmary, where
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Vesālī for alms.
No ce diṭṭheva dhamme aññaṁ ārādheyya, atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi— If they don’t reach enlightenment in this very life, then, surpassing the company of gods that consume solid food, they’re reborn in a certain host of mind-made gods. There they might enter into and emerge from the cessation of perception and feeling. kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ → kabaḷiṅkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ (bj, cck, km, pts1ed); kabaliṁ kārāhārabhakkhānaṁ (sya1ed, sya2ed) “aṭṭhānaṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, anavakāso yaṁ so bhikkhu atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi— “This is not possible, Reverend Sāriputta, it cannot happen!” No ce diṭṭheva dhamme aññaṁ ārādheyya, atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi— an5.166 “aṭṭhānaṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, anavakāso yaṁ so bhikkhu atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi— “This is not possible, Reverend Sāriputta, it cannot happen!” No ce diṭṭheva dhamme aññaṁ ārādheyya, atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi— If they don’t reach enlightenment in this very life, they’re reborn in the company of a certain host of mind-made gods, who surpass the gods that consume solid food. There they might enter into and emerge from the cessation of perception and feeling. “aṭṭhānaṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, anavakāso yaṁ so bhikkhu atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi— “This is not possible, Reverend Sāriputta, it cannot happen!” No ce diṭṭheva dhamme aññaṁ ārādheyya, atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi— an5.166 “aṭṭhānaṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, anavakāso yaṁ so bhikkhu atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi— “This is not possible, Reverend Sāriputta, it cannot happen!” “kaṁ pana tvaṁ, udāyi, manomayaṁ kāyaṁ paccesī”ti? “But Udāyī, do you believe in a mind-made body?” No ce diṭṭheva dhamme aññaṁ ārādheyya, atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi— If they don’t reach enlightenment in this very life, they’re reborn in the company of a certain host of mind-made gods, who surpass the gods that consume solid food. There they might enter into and emerge from the cessation of perception and feeling. Mayaṁ tena na muccāma. but I didn’t question them. Anacchariyaṁ kho, panetaṁ āvuso upavāṇa, yaṁ bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito etadeva ārabbha udāhareyya yathā āyasmantaṁyevettha upavāṇaṁ paṭibhāseyya. I wouldn’t be surprised if the Buddha brings this up when he comes out of retreat later this afternoon. He might even call upon Venerable Upavāna himself. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ upavāṇaṁ etadavoca: Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall, where he sat on the seat spread out, and said to Upavāna,
Imehi ca mayaṁ pañcahi dhammehi samannāgataṁ āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ dhārema: And we will remember Venerable Ānanda as someone who has these five qualities:
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
‘mayaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ paccupaṭṭhitā cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārenā’ti. an5.176 ‘kinti mayaṁ kālena kālaṁ pavivekaṁ pītiṁ upasampajja vihareyyāmā’ti. ‘How can we, from time to time, enter and dwell in the rapture of seclusion?’ mayaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ paccupaṭṭhitā cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārenāti. an5.176 kinti mayaṁ kālena kālaṁ pavivekaṁ pītiṁ upasampajja vihareyyāmāti. “How can we, from time to time, enter and dwell in the rapture of seclusion?”
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. ‘labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan’ti. ‘Sir, may we receive the going forth and ordination in the Buddha’s presence?’
“Na kho mayaṁ, bho gotama, pañca brāhmaṇe jānāma, atha kho mayaṁ brāhmaṇātveva jānāma. “Master Gotama, we don’t know about these five kinds of brahmins. We just know the word ‘brahmin’. Evaṁ sante mayaṁ, bho gotama, brāhmaṇacaṇḍālampi na pūrema. “This being so, Master Gotama, I don’t even qualify as a brahmin outcaste.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kimilāyaṁ viharati veḷuvane. At one time the Buddha was staying near Kimbilā in the Freshwater Mangrove Wood. kimilāyaṁ → kimbilāyaṁ (bj, pts1ed)
‘yatheva mayaṁ gāyāma, evamevaṁ kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā gāyantī’ti, sarakuttimpi nikāmayamānassa samādhissa bhaṅgo hoti, pacchimā janatā diṭṭhānugatiṁ āpajjati. ‘These ascetics, followers of the Sakyan, sing just like us!’ When you’re enjoying the melody, your immersion breaks up. Those who come after follow your example.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. susumāragire → suṁsumāragire (bj, pts1ed); suṁsumāragīre (sya-all)
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat, went to the assembly hall, and sat down on the seat spread out. Āyasmāpi kho sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Venerable Sāriputta also came out of retreat, went to the assembly hall, bowed to the Buddha and sat down to one side. āyasmāpi kho ānando sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. and Ānanda did the same.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. nātike → nādike (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed)
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati sāmagāmake pokkharaṇiyāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans near the little village of Sāma, by a lotus pond.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ sambahulā therā bhikkhū bārāṇasiyaṁ viharanti isipatane migadāye. At one time several senior mendicants were staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito vihārapacchāyāyaṁ nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti. There’s a time late in the afternoon when an esteemed mendicant comes out of retreat. They sit cross-legged in the shade of their porch , set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in front of them. That is the proper occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.” Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito vihārapacchāyāyaṁ nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, yadevassa divā samādhinimittaṁ manasikataṁ hoti tadevassa tasmiṁ samaye samudācarati. For at that time they are still practicing the same meditation subject as a foundation of immersion that they focused on during the day. Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti. There’s a time when an esteemed mendicant has risen at the crack of dawn. They sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in front of them. That is the proper occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.” Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, ojaṭṭhāyissa tasmiṁ samaye kāyo hoti phāsussa hoti buddhānaṁ sāsanaṁ manasi kātuṁ. For at that time their body is full of vitality and they find it easy to focus on the instructions of the Buddhas.”
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kimilāyaṁ viharati niculavane. At one time the Buddha was staying near Kimbilā in the Freshwater Mangrove Wood. kimilāyaṁ → kimbilāyaṁ (bj, pts1ed); kimmilāyaṁ (sya-all)
ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā sāriputto rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ gijjhakūṭā pabbatā orohanto addasa aññatarasmiṁ padese mahantaṁ dārukkhandhaṁ. Then Venerable Sāriputta robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, descended the Vulture’s Peak together with several mendicants. At a certain spot he saw a large tree trunk,
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena icchānaṅgalaṁ nāma kosalānaṁ brāhmaṇagāmo tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants when he arrived at a village of the Kosalan brahmins named Icchānaṅgala.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for alms. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi: In the late afternoon the Buddha came out of retreat and addressed Ānanda,
Atha kho āyasmā ānando pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena migasālāya upāsikāya nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then Venerable Ānanda robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of the laywoman Migasālā, where he sat on the seat spread out. “Idhāhaṁ, bhante, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena migasālāya upāsikāya nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdiṁ. an6.44
ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahācundo cetīsu viharati sayaṁjātiyaṁ. At one time Venerable Mahācunda was staying in the land of the Cetis at Sahajāti. sayaṁjātiyaṁ → sahajātiyaṁ (bj, pts1ed); sañjātiyaṁ (sya-all, km)
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. “mayaṁ kho bhikkhusaṅghaṁ paccupaṭṭhitā cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena. “We have supplied the mendicant Saṅgha with robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick. Yannūna mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ dhammikaṁ pabbājeyyāmā”ti. Why don’t we banish Venerable Dhammika?” “mayaṁ kho bhikkhusaṅghaṁ paccupaṭṭhitā cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena. an6.54 Yannūna mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ dhammikaṁ pabbājeyyāmā”ti. an6.54 “mayaṁ kho bhikkhusaṅghaṁ paccupaṭṭhitā cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena. an6.54 Yannūna mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ dhammikaṁ pabbājeyyāma sabbaso jātibhūmiyaṁ sattahi āvāsehī”ti. “Why don’t we banish Venerable Dhammika from all seven monasteries in our native land?”
Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā phagguno tenupasaṅkami. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to Venerable Phagguna.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena daṇḍakappakaṁ nāma kosalānaṁ nigamo tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants when he arrived at a town of the Kosalans named Daṇḍakappaka. Evamayaṁ puggalo āyatiṁ aparihānadhammo bhavissatī’ti. So this person is not liable to decline in the future.’ Evamayaṁ puggalo āyatiṁ aparihānadhammo bhavissatī’ti. This person is not liable to decline in the future … Evamayaṁ puggalo āyatiṁ parihānadhammo bhavissatī’ti. So this person is still liable to decline in the future.’ Evamayaṁ puggalo āyatiṁ parihānadhammo bhavissatī’ti. This person is still liable to decline in the future … Evamayaṁ puggalo āyatiṁ parihānadhammo bhavissatī’ti. So this person is still liable to decline in the future.’ “Seyyathāpi vā pana, ānanda, sāyanhasamayaṁ sūriye ogacchante, jāneyyāsi tvaṁ, ānanda, āloko antaradhāyissati andhakāro pātubhavissatī”ti? “Or suppose it was the late afternoon and the sun was going down. Wouldn’t you know that the light was about to vanish and darkness appear?” sāyanhasamayaṁ → sāyaṇhasamaye (sya-all); sāyaṇhasamayaṁ (pts1ed); sāyanhasamaye (mr) Evamayaṁ puggalo āyatiṁ parihānadhammo bhavissatī’ti. This person is still liable to decline in the future … Evamayaṁ puggalo āyatiṁ aparihānadhammo bhavissatī’ti. So this person is not liable to decline in the future.’ “Seyyathāpi vā panānanda, rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ sūriye uggacchante, jāneyyāsi tvaṁ, ānanda, andhakāro antaradhāyissati, āloko pātubhavissatī”ti? “Suppose it’s the crack of dawn and the sun is rising. Wouldn’t you know that the dark will vanish and the light appear?” rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ → rattiyā paccūsasamaye (sya-all); rattipaccūsasamaye (mr) " Evamayaṁ puggalo āyatiṁ aparihānadhammo bhavissatī’ti. This person is not liable to decline in the future …
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme …pe… At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. …
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. “ekamidāhaṁ, brāhmaṇa, samayaṁ vesāliyaṁ viharāmi sārandade cetiye. “Brahmin, one time I was staying near Vesālī at the Sārandada woodland shrine. Handa ca dāni mayaṁ, bho gotama, gacchāma, bahukiccā mayaṁ bahukaraṇīyā”ti. Well, now, Master Gotama, I must go. I have many duties, and much to do.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. Atha kho āyasmā ānando pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya kosambiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then Venerable Ānanda robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Kosambī for alms. “Idhāhaṁ, bhante, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya kosambiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ. an7.43
Tena kho pana samayena uggatasarīrassa brāhmaṇassa mahāyañño upakkhaṭo hoti. Now at that time the brahmin Uggatasarīra had prepared a large sacrifice. Tena → ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena (bj, sya-all)
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā campāyaṁ viharati gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre. At one time the Buddha was staying near Campā on the banks of the Gaggarā Lotus Pond. Sādhu mayaṁ, bhante, labheyyāma bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṁ kathaṁ savanāyā”ti. It would be good if we got to hear a Dhamma talk from the Buddha.” bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṁ kathaṁ → bhagavato santikā dhammiṁ kathaṁ (bj); bhagavato dhammiṁ kathaṁ (sya-all); bhagavato sammukhā dhammikathaṁ (pts1ed)
ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno dakkhiṇāgirismiṁ cārikaṁ caranti mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ. At one time the venerables Sāriputta and Mahāmoggallāna were wandering in the Southern Hills together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. Tena kho pana samayena veḷukaṇḍakī nandamātā upāsikā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya pārāyanaṁ sarena bhāsati. Now at that time the laywoman Veḷukaṇṭakī, Nanda’s mother, rose at the crack of dawn and recited the verses of “The Way to the Far Shore”. veḷukaṇḍakī → veḷukaṇṭakī (bj, sya-all, pts1ed) | pārāyanaṁ → pārāyaṇaṁ (bj) Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena nandamātāya upāsikāya nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. And then the Saṅgha of mendicants headed by Sāriputta and Moggallāna robed up in the morning and, taking their bowls and robes, went to the home of Nanda’s Mother, where they sat on the seats spread out. “Idhāhaṁ, bhante, rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya pārāyanaṁ sarena bhāsitvā tuṇhī ahosiṁ. “Sir, last night I rose at the crack of dawn and recited the verses of ‘The Way to the Far Shore’, and then I fell silent.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kimilāyaṁ viharati niculavane. At one time the Buddha was staying near Kimbilā in the Freshwater Mangrove Wood. kimilāyaṁ → kimbilāyaṁ (bj, pts1ed) | niculavane → veḷuvane (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) "
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood.
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of the householder Anāthapiṇḍika, where he sat on the seat spread out.
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and told the Buddha of his thoughts while on retreat.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. ‘yesañca mayaṁ paribhuñjāma cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṁ tesaṁ te kārā mahapphalā bhavissanti mahānisaṁsā, amhākañcevāyaṁ pabbajjā avañjhā bhavissati saphalā saudrayā’ti. ‘Our use of robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick shall be of great fruit and benefit for those who offered them. And our going forth will not be wasted, but will be fruitful and fertile.’ yesañca → yesaṁ (?) | cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṁ → … parikkhārānaṁ (sya-all, pts1ed, mr)
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate acirapakkante devadatte. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain, not long after Devadatta had left.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā uttaro mahisavatthusmiṁ viharati saṅkheyyake pabbate vaṭajālikāyaṁ. At one time Venerable Uttara was staying on the Saṅkheyyaka Mountain in the Mahisa region near Dhavajālikā. vaṭajālikāyaṁ → dhavajālikāyaṁ (bj, pts1ed); vaṭṭajālikāyaṁ (sya-all) Tato upādāyupādāya mayaṁ caññe ca bhaṇāmā”ti. Both myself and others rely completely on that when we speak.” Ekamidaṁ, bhante uttara, samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate acirapakkante devadatte. At one time, Honorable Uttara, the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain, not long after Devadatta had left.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā campāyaṁ viharati gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre. At one time the Buddha was staying near Campā on the banks of the Gaggarā Lotus Pond.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā verañjāyaṁ viharati naḷerupucimandamūle. At one time the Buddha was staying in Verañjā at the root of a neem tree dedicated to Naḷeru.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. Anabbhakkhātukāmā hi mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantan”ti. For we don’t want to misrepresent the Blessed One.” Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena sīhassa senāpatissa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to Sīha’s home, where he sat on the seat spread out, together with the Saṅgha of mendicants. na ca mayaṁ jīvitahetupi sañcicca pāṇaṁ jīvitā voropeyyāmā”ti. We would never deliberately take the life of a living creature, not even for life’s sake.”
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā verañjāyaṁ viharati naḷerupucimandamūle. At one time the Buddha was staying in Verañjā at the root of a neem tree dedicated to Naḷeru.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena uggassa gahapatino vesālikassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then a certain mendicant robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of the householder Ugga of Vesālī, where he sat on the seat spread out.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vajjīsu viharati hatthigāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Vajjis at Elephant Village. Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena uggassa gahapatino hatthigāmakassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then a certain mendicant robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of the householder Ugga of Elephant Village, where he sat on the seat spread out.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā āḷaviyaṁ viharati aggāḷave cetiye. At one time the Buddha was staying near Āḷavī, at the Aggāḷava Tree-shrine. Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena hatthakassa āḷavakassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then a certain mendicant robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of the householder Hatthaka of Āḷavī, where he sat on the seat spread out. “Idhāhaṁ, bhante, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena hatthakassa āḷavakassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdiṁ. an8.23
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati suṁsumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood.
Dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu, bhāvanāmayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu. Giving, ethical conduct, and meditation are all grounds for making merit. puññakiriyavatthu → puññakiriyāvatthu (sya-all); puññakiriyavatthuṁ (pts1ed) Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu parittaṁ kataṁ hoti, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu parittaṁ kataṁ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ nābhisambhoti. First, someone has practiced a little giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit, but they haven’t got as far as meditation as a ground for making merit. puññakiriyavatthuṁ → puññakiriyavatthu (bj); puññakiriyāvatthu (sya-all) " Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu mattaso kataṁ hoti, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu mattaso kataṁ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ nābhisambhoti. Next, someone has practiced a moderate amount of giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit, but they haven’t got as far as meditation as a ground for making merit. Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṁ kataṁ hoti, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṁ kataṁ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ nābhisambhoti. Next, someone has practiced a lot of giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit, but they haven’t got as far as meditation as a ground for making merit. Tatra, bhikkhave, cattāro mahārājāno dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ atirekaṁ karitvā, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ atirekaṁ karitvā, cātumahārājike deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti— There, the Four Great Kings themselves have practiced giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit to a greater degree than the other gods. So they surpass them in ten respects: Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṁ kataṁ hoti, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṁ kataṁ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ nābhisambhoti. Next, someone has practiced a lot of giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit, but they haven’t got as far as meditation as a ground for making merit. Tatra, bhikkhave, sakko devānamindo dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ atirekaṁ karitvā sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ atirekaṁ karitvā tāvatiṁse deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti— There, Sakka, lord of gods, has practiced giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit to a greater degree than the other gods. So he surpasses them in ten respects … Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṁ kataṁ hoti, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṁ kataṁ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ nābhisambhoti. Next, someone has practiced a lot of giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit, but they haven’t got as far as meditation as a ground for making merit. Tatra, bhikkhave, suyāmo devaputto dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ atirekaṁ karitvā, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ atirekaṁ karitvā, yāme deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti— There, the god Suyāma has practiced giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit to a greater degree than the other gods. So he surpasses them in ten respects … Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṁ kataṁ hoti, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṁ kataṁ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ nābhisambhoti. Next, someone has practiced a lot of giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit, but they haven’t got as far as meditation as a ground for making merit. Tatra, bhikkhave, santusito devaputto dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ atirekaṁ karitvā, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ atirekaṁ karitvā, tusite deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti— There, the god Santusita has practiced giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit to a greater degree than the other gods. So he surpasses them in ten respects … Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṁ kataṁ hoti, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṁ kataṁ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ nābhisambhoti. Next, someone has practiced a lot of giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit, but they haven’t got as far as meditation as a ground for making merit. Tatra, bhikkhave, sunimmito devaputto dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ atirekaṁ karitvā, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ atirekaṁ karitvā, nimmānaratīdeve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti— There, the god Sunimmita has practiced giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit to a greater degree than the other gods. So he surpasses them in ten respects … Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṁ kataṁ hoti, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṁ kataṁ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ nābhisambhoti. Next, someone has practiced a lot of giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit, but they haven’t got as far as meditation as a ground for making merit. Tatra, bhikkhave, vasavattī devaputto dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ atirekaṁ karitvā, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthuṁ atirekaṁ karitvā, paranimmitavasavattīdeve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti— There, the god Vasavattī has practiced giving and ethical conduct as grounds for making merit to a greater degree than the other gods. So he surpasses them in ten respects:
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. “mayaṁ, bhante anuruddha, manāpakāyikā nāma devatā tīsu ṭhānesu issariyaṁ kārema vasaṁ vattema. “Honorable Anuruddha, we are the deities called ‘Lovable’. We wield authority and control over three things. Mayaṁ, bhante anuruddha, yādisakaṁ vaṇṇaṁ ākaṅkhāma tādisakaṁ vaṇṇaṁ ṭhānaso paṭilabhāma; We can turn any color we want on the spot. Mayaṁ, bhante anuruddha, manāpakāyikā nāma devatā imesu tīsu ṭhānesu issariyaṁ kārema vasaṁ vattemā”ti. We are the deities called ‘Lovable’. We wield authority and control over these three things.” Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā anuruddho bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: Then in the late afternoon, Anuruddha came out of retreat and went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened, adding: ‘mayaṁ, bhante anuruddha, manāpakāyikā nāma devatā tīsu ṭhānesu issariyaṁ kārema vasaṁ vattema. an8.46 Mayaṁ, bhante anuruddha, yādisakaṁ vaṇṇaṁ ākaṅkhāma tādisakaṁ vaṇṇaṁ ṭhānaso paṭilabhāma; an8.46 Mayaṁ, bhante anuruddha, manāpakāyikā nāma devatā imesu tīsu ṭhānesu issariyaṁ kārema vasaṁ vattemā’ti. an8.46
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. susumāragire → suṁsumāragire (bj, sya-all, pts1ed)
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā koliyesu viharati kakkarapattaṁ nāma koliyānaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Koliyans, where they have a town named Kakkarapatta. “mayaṁ, bhante, gihī kāmabhogino puttasambādhasayanaṁ ajjhāvasāma, kāsikacandanaṁ paccanubhoma, mālāgandhavilepanaṁ dhārayāma, jātarūparajataṁ sādayāma. “Sir, we are laypeople who enjoy sensual pleasures and living at home with our children. We use sandalwood imported from Kāsi, we wear garlands, perfumes, and makeup, and we accept gold and money. kāmabhogino → kāmabhogī (bj, sya-all, pts1ed)
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Vesālī for alms.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. nātike → nādike (bj, sya-all); nāṭike (pts1ed)
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena icchānaṅgalaṁ nāma kosalānaṁ brāhmaṇagāmo tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants when he arrived at a village of the Kosalan brahmins named Icchānaṅgala.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā cālikāyaṁ viharati cālikāpabbate. At one time the Buddha was staying near Cālikā, on the Cālikā mountain. Atha kho āyasmā meghiyo pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya jantugāmaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then Meghiya robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Jantu village for alms. “Idhāhaṁ, bhante, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya jantugāmaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ. an9.3
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bahidvārakoṭṭhake aṭṭhāsi kathāpariyosānaṁ āgamayamāno. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He stood outside the door waiting for the talk to end. “na kho pana mayaṁ, bhante, jānāma ‘bhagavā bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhito’ti. “Sir, we didn’t know that the Buddha was standing outside the door. Sace hi mayaṁ, bhante, jāneyyāma ‘bhagavā bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhito’ti, ettakampi (…) no nappaṭibhāseyyā”ti. If we’d known, I wouldn’t have said so much.” (…) → (dhammaṁ) (katthaci) "
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. “Ekamidāhaṁ, bhante, samayaṁ bhagavā idheva rājagahe viharāmi giribbaje. “Sir, one time the Buddha was staying right here in Rājagaha, the Mountainfold.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. “Ekamidāhaṁ, bhante, samayaṁ bhagavā idheva rājagahe viharāmi giribbaje. “Sir, one time the Buddha was staying right here in Rājagaha, the Mountainfold.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Yato ca kho tvaṁ, bhikkhu, accayaṁ accayato disvā yathādhammaṁ paṭikarosi, taṁ te mayaṁ paṭiggaṇhāma. But since you have recognized your mistake for what it is, and have dealt with it properly, I accept it.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then Venerable Sāriputta robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for alms. “Idhāhaṁ, bhante, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ. an9.12
Te mayaṁ, bhante, paccuṭṭhimha, no ca kho abhivādimha. We politely rose for them, but we didn’t bow. Tā mayaṁ, bhante, aparipuṇṇakammantā vippaṭisāriniyo paccānutāpiniyo hīnaṁ kāyaṁ upapannā’ti. And so, having not fulfilled our duty, full of remorse and regret, we were reborn in a lesser realm.’ Te mayaṁ, bhante, paccuṭṭhimha abhivādimha, no ca tesaṁ āsanaṁ adamha. We politely rose for them and bowed, but we didn’t offer a seat. paccuṭṭhimha abhivādimha → paccuṭṭhimha ca abhivādimha ca (sya-all) Tā mayaṁ, bhante, aparipuṇṇakammantā vippaṭisāriniyo paccānutāpiniyo hīnaṁ kāyaṁ upapannā’ti. And so, having not fulfilled our duty, full of remorse and regret, we were reborn in a lesser realm.’ Te mayaṁ, bhante, paccuṭṭhimha abhivādimha āsanaṁ adamha, no ca kho yathāsatti yathābalaṁ saṁvibhajimha …pe… We politely rose for them, bowed, and offered a seat, but we didn’t share as best we could. …’ paccuṭṭhimha abhivādimha → paccuṭṭhimha ca abhivādimha ca (sya-all, pts1ed) | āsanaṁ → āsanañca (bj, sya-all, pts1ed) Tā mayaṁ, bhante, aparipuṇṇakammantā vippaṭisāriniyo paccānutāpiniyo hīnaṁ kāyaṁ upapannā’ti. And so, having not fulfilled our duty, full of remorse and regret, we were reborn in a lesser realm.’ Te mayaṁ, bhante, paccuṭṭhimha abhivādimha, āsanaṁ adamha, yathāsatti yathābalaṁ saṁvibhajimha, upanisīdimha dhammassavanāya, ohitasotā ca dhammaṁ suṇimha, sutvā ca dhammaṁ dhārayimha, dhātānañca dhammānaṁ atthaṁ upaparikkhimha, atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammaṁ paṭipajjimha. We politely rose, bowed, and offered them a seat. We shared as best we could. We sat nearby to listen to the teachings, lent an ear, memorized them, and examined their meaning. Understanding the teaching and the meaning we practiced accordingly. paccuṭṭhimha abhivādimha → paccuṭṭhimha ca abhivādimha ca (sya-all) | āsanaṁ → āsanañca (sya-all) | yathābalaṁ → yathābalaṁ ca (?) | upanisīdimha → upanisīdimha ca (sya-all) | dhammānudhammaṁ → dhammānudhamma (pts1ed); dhammānudhammañca (?) " Tā mayaṁ, bhante, paripuṇṇakammantā avippaṭisāriniyo apaccānutāpiniyo paṇītaṁ kāyaṁ upapannā’ti. And so, having fulfilled our duty, free of remorse and regret, we were reborn in a superior realm.’
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca candikāputto rājagahe viharanti veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā sāriputto rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme. At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. Ekamidāhaṁ, āvuso, samayaṁ sākete viharāmi añjanavane migadāye. Reverend, one time I was staying near Sāketa in the deer park in Añjana Wood.
Yannūna mayaṁ dutiyampi asurehi saṅgāmeyyāmā’ti. Why don’t we engage them in battle a second time?’ Yannūna mayaṁ tatiyampi asurehi saṅgāmeyyāmā’ti. Why don’t we engage them in battle a third time?’ ‘bhīruttānagatena kho dāni mayaṁ etarahi attanā viharāma akaraṇīyā asurehī’ti. ‘Now we’re in a secure location and the titans can’t do anything to us.’ Yannūna mayaṁ dutiyampi devehi saṅgāmeyyāmā’ti. Why don’t we engage them in battle a second time?’ Yannūna mayaṁ tatiyampi devehi saṅgāmeyyāmā’ti. Why don’t we engage them in battle a third time?’ ‘bhīruttānagatena kho dāni mayaṁ etarahi attanā viharāma akaraṇīyā devehī’ti. ‘Now we’re in a secure location and the gods can’t do anything to us.’
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā mallesu viharati uruvelakappaṁ nāma mallānaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Mallas, near the Mallian town named Uruvelakappa. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya uruvelakappaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Uruvelakappa for alms. “Mayaṁ, bhante ānanda, gihī kāmabhogino kāmārāmā kāmaratā kāmasammuditā. “Honorable Ānanda, we are laypeople who enjoy sensual pleasures. We like sensual pleasures, we love them and take joy in them. ‘mayaṁ, bhante ānanda, gihī kāmabhogino kāmārāmā kāmaratā kāmasammuditā, tesaṁ no, bhante, amhākaṁ gihīnaṁ kāmabhogīnaṁ kāmārāmānaṁ kāmaratānaṁ kāmasammuditānaṁ papāto viya khāyati, yadidaṁ nekkhammaṁ’. an9.41
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
“Ekamidāhaṁ, āvuso ānanda, samayaṁ idheva sāvatthiyaṁ viharāmi andhavanasmiṁ. “Reverend Ānanda, one time I was staying right here at Sāvatthī in the Dark Forest.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṁ nāma kurūnaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kurus, near the Kuru town named Kammāsadamma.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākaccāno avantīsu viharati kuraraghare pavatte pabbate. At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying in the land of the Avantis near Kuraraghara on Steep Mountain.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pavisiṁsu. Then several mendicants robed up in the morning and, taking their bowls and robes, entered Sāvatthī for alms. yannūna mayaṁ yena aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ ārāmo tenupasaṅkameyyāmā”ti. Why don’t we visit the monastery of the wanderers of other religions?” “Idha mayaṁ, bhante, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pavisimhā. an10.27 yannūna mayaṁ yena aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ ārāmo tenupasaṅkameyyāmā’ti. an10.27 Atha kho mayaṁ, bhante, yena aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ ārāmo tenupasaṅkamimhā; upasaṅkamitvā tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṁ sammodimhā. an10.27 Atha kho mayaṁ, bhante, tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ bhāsitaṁ neva abhinandimhā nappaṭikkosimhā. an10.27
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Dassanakāmā hi mayaṁ, bhante, taṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti. For I want to see the Buddha.” Handa ca dāni mayaṁ, bhante, gacchāma. Well, now, sir, I must go. Bahukiccā mayaṁ bahukaraṇīyā”ti. I have many duties, and much to do.”
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. “Appekadā mayaṁ, bhante, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṁ uposathaṁ upavasāma, appekadā na upavasāmā”ti. “Sir, sometimes we do, sometimes we don’t.” “Ete mayaṁ, bhante, ajjatagge aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṁ uposathaṁ upavasissāmā”ti. “Well, sir, from this day forth we will observe the sabbath with its eight factors.” "
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He sat down on the seat spread out, “Idha mayaṁ, bhante, pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ sannisinnā sannipatitā bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṁ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharāmā”ti. “Sir, after the meal, on return from almsround, we sat together in the assembly hall, arguing, quarreling, and disputing, wounding each other with barbed words.”
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
“Dūratopi kho mayaṁ, āvuso, āgacchāma āyasmato sāriputtassa santike etassa bhāsitassa atthamaññātuṁ. “Reverend, we would travel a long way to learn the meaning of this statement in the presence of Venerable Sāriputta.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā sāriputto magadhesu viharati nālakagāmake. At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying in the land of the Magadhans near the little village of Nālaka.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā sāriputto magadhesu viharati nālakagāmake. At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying in the land of the Magadhans near the little village of Nālaka.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena naḷakapānaṁ nāma kosalānaṁ nigamo tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants when he arrived at a town of the Kosalans named Naḷakapāna.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall, where he sat on the seat spread out “Idha mayaṁ, bhante, pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā upaṭṭhānasālāyaṁ sannisinnā sannipatitā anekavihitaṁ tiracchānakathaṁ anuyuttā viharāma, seyyathidaṁ— And they told him what had happened.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ sambahulehi abhiññātehi abhiññātehi therehi sāvakehi saddhiṁ— At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof, together with several well-known senior disciples. Yannūna mayaṁ yena gosiṅgasālavanadāyo tenupasaṅkameyyāma. Let’s go to the Gosiṅga Sal Wood. Tattha mayaṁ appasaddā appākiṇṇā phāsuṁ vihareyyāmā”ti. There we can meditate comfortably, free of noise and crowds.” phāsuṁ → phāsu (sya-all, mr) ‘ime kho sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī bhadrehi bhadrehi yānehi parapurāya uccāsaddā mahāsaddā mahāvanaṁ ajjhogāhanti bhagavantaṁ dassanāya saddakaṇṭakā kho pana jhānā vuttā bhagavatā yannūna mayaṁ yena gosiṅgasālavanadāyo tenupasaṅkameyyāma tattha mayaṁ appasaddā appākiṇṇā phāsuṁ vihareyyāmā’ti. an10.72
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho āyasmā ānando pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena migasālāya upāsikāya nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then Venerable Ānanda robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of the laywoman Migasālā, where he sat on the seat spread out. “Idhāhaṁ, bhante, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena migasālāya upāsikāya nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdiṁ. an10.75
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā campāyaṁ viharati gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre. At one time the Buddha was staying near Campā on the banks of the Gaggarā Lotus Pond.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākassapo rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time Venerable Mahākassapa was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. “Etaṁ kho, bhante, amhehi na dukkaraṁ byākātuṁ yaṁdiṭṭhikā mayaṁ. “Sirs, it’s not hard for me to explain what my views are.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā campāyaṁ viharati gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre. At one time the Buddha was staying near Campā on the banks of the Gaggarā Lotus Pond.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando rājagahe viharati tapodārāme. At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Rājagaha in the Hot Springs Monastery. Atha kho āyasmā ānando rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya yena tapodā tenupasaṅkami gattāni parisiñcituṁ. Then Ānanda rose at the crack of dawn and went to the hot springs to bathe. Kokanudopi kho paribbājako rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya yena tapodā tenupasaṅkami gattāni parisiñcituṁ. The wanderer Kokanada also rose at the crack of dawn and went to the hot springs to bathe. “Puccheyyāma mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ kiñcideva desaṁ, sace āyasmā okāsaṁ karoti pañhassa veyyākaraṇāyā”ti. “I’d like to ask the venerable about a certain point, if you’d take the time to answer.” Sace hi mayaṁ jāneyyāma: If I had known who
Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāma. Let’s go to him, and ask him about this matter. paṭipuccheyyāma → puccheyyāma (bj, sya-all, pts1ed) Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāma. an10.115 So ceva panetassa kālo ahosi yaṁ mayaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāma, That was the time to approach the Buddha and ask about this matter. Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāma. an10.115 Atha kho mayaṁ, bhante, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkamimhā; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ etamatthaṁ apucchimhā. “Sir, we went to Ānanda and asked him about this matter.
Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etamatthaṁ puccheyyāma. Let’s go to him, and ask him about this matter. Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāma. an10.172 So ceva panetassa kālo ahosi yaṁ mayaṁ bhagavantaṁyeva upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāma. That was the time to approach the Buddha and ask about this matter. Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāma. an10.172 Atha kho mayaṁ, bhante, yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkamimhā; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etamatthaṁ apucchimhā. “Sir, we went to Mahākaccāna and asked him about this matter.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā pāvāyaṁ viharati cundassa kammāraputtassa ambavane. At one time the Buddha was staying near Pāvā in Cunda the smith’s mango grove.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati moranivāpe paribbājakārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, at the monastery of the wanderers in the peacocks’ feeding ground.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. ‘yā devatā atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ devatānaṁ sahabyataṁ aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapannā, tā karaṇīyaṁ attano na samanupassanti katassa vā paticayaṁ’. ‘There are deities who, surpassing the company of deities that consume solid food, are reborn in a certain host of mind-made deities. They don’t see in themselves anything more to do, or anything that needs improvement.’ kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ → kabaliṅkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ (bj); kabaliṅkārabhakkhānaṁ (si); kabaḷīkārabhakkhānaṁ (sya-all, km, pts1ed) evamevaṁ kho, nandiya, yā tā devatā atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ devatānaṁ sahabyataṁ aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapannā, tā karaṇīyaṁ attano na samanupassanti katassa vā paticayaṁ. In the same way, Nandiya, there are deities who, surpassing the company of deities that consume solid food, are reborn in a certain host of mind-made deities. They don’t see in themselves anything more to do, or anything that needs improvement.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando vesāliyaṁ viharati beluvagāmake. At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Vesālī in the little village of Beluva. beluvagāmake → veḷuvagāmake (sya-all, km, mr) Dassanakāmā hi mayaṁ, bhante, āyasmantaṁ ānandan”ti. For I want to see him.”
“Dūratopi kho mayaṁ, āvuso, āgaccheyyāma āyasmato sāriputtassa santike etassa bhāsitassa atthamaññātuṁ. “Reverend, we would travel a long way to learn the meaning of this statement in the presence of Venerable Sāriputta.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā antarā ca rājagahaṁ antarā ca nāḷandaṁ addhānamaggappaṭipanno hoti mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. At one time the Buddha was traveling along the road between Rājagaha and Nāḷandā together with a large Saṅgha of five hundred mendicants. Atha kho sambahulānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhitānaṁ maṇḍalamāḷe sannisinnānaṁ sannipatitānaṁ ayaṁ saṅkhiyadhammo udapādi: Then several mendicants rose at the crack of dawn and sat together in the pavilion, where the topic of judgmentalism came up: “idha, bhante, amhākaṁ rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhitānaṁ maṇḍalamāḷe sannisinnānaṁ sannipatitānaṁ ayaṁ saṅkhiyadhammo udapādi: dn1 Iminā mayaṁ bhotā brahmunā nimmitā. And we were created by him. Imañhi mayaṁ addasāma idha paṭhamaṁ upapannaṁ, mayaṁ panamha pacchā upapannā’ti. Because we see that he was reborn here first, and we arrived later.’ ‘yo kho so bhavaṁ brahmā mahābrahmā abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavattī issaro kattā nimmātā seṭṭho sajitā vasī pitā bhūtabhabyānaṁ, yena mayaṁ bhotā brahmunā nimmitā, so nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo sassatisamaṁ tatheva ṭhassati. ‘He who is Brahmā—the Great Brahmā, the Vanquisher, the Unvanquished, the Universal Seer, the Wielder of Power, God Almighty, the Maker, the Creator, the First, the Begetter, the Controller, the Father of those who have been born and those yet to be born—by he we were created. He is permanent, everlasting, eternal, imperishable, remaining the same for all eternity. Ye pana mayaṁ ahumhā tena bhotā brahmunā nimmitā, te mayaṁ aniccā addhuvā appāyukā cavanadhammā itthattaṁ āgatā’ti. We who were created by that Brahmā are impermanent, not lasting, short-lived, perishable, and have come to this state of existence.’ Ye pana mayaṁ ahumhā khiḍḍāpadosikā, te mayaṁ ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannā viharimhā. Tesaṁ no ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannānaṁ viharataṁ sati sammussati. Satiyā sammosā evaṁ mayaṁ tamhā kāyā cutā But we who were depraved by play spent too much time laughing, playing, and making merry. In doing so, we lost our mindfulness, and passed away from that host of gods. Ye pana mayaṁ ahumhā manopadosikā, te mayaṁ ativelaṁ aññamaññaṁ upanijjhāyimhā. Te mayaṁ ativelaṁ aññamaññaṁ upanijjhāyantā aññamaññamhi cittāni padūsimhā, te mayaṁ aññamaññaṁ paduṭṭhacittā kilantakāyā kilantacittā. Evaṁ mayaṁ tamhā kāyā cutā But we who were malevolent spent too much time gazing at each other, we grew angry with each other, our bodies and minds got tired, and we passed away from that host of gods.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati jīvakassa komārabhaccassa ambavane mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ aḍḍhateḷasehi bhikkhusatehi.
Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkantassa rañño māgadhassa ajātasattussa vedehiputtassa bhikkhū āmantesi:
“khatāyaṁ, bhikkhave, rājā.
Upahatāyaṁ, bhikkhave, rājā.
Sacāyaṁ, bhikkhave, rājā pitaraṁ dhammikaṁ dhammarājānaṁ jīvitā na voropessatha, imasmiññeva āsane virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhammacakkhuṁ uppajjissathā”ti.
Idamavoca bhagavā.
Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti.
Sāmaññaphalasuttaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ dutiyaṁ. " At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha in the Mango Grove of Jīvaka Komārabhacca, together with a large Saṅgha of 1,250 mendicants.
Soon after the king had left, the Buddha addressed the mendicants,
“The king is broken, mendicants,
he is ruined.
If he had not taken the life of his father, a just and principled king, the stainless, immaculate vision of the Dhamma would have arisen in him in that very seat.”
That is what the Buddha said.
Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. " “Ekamidāhaṁ, bhante, samayaṁ yena pūraṇo kassapo tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā pūraṇena kassapena saddhiṁ sammodiṁ. “One time, sir, I approached Pūraṇa Kassapa and exchanged greetings with him. Ekamidāhaṁ, bhante, samayaṁ yena makkhali gosālo tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā makkhalinā gosālena saddhiṁ sammodiṁ. One time, sir, I approached the bamboo-staffed ascetic Gosāla and exchanged greetings with him. Ekamidāhaṁ, bhante, samayaṁ yena ajito kesakambalo tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā ajitena kesakambalena saddhiṁ sammodiṁ. One time, sir, I approached Ajita of the hair blanket and exchanged greetings with him. Ekamidāhaṁ, bhante, samayaṁ yena pakudho kaccāyano tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā pakudhena kaccāyanena saddhiṁ sammodiṁ. One time, sir, I approached Pakudha Kaccāyana and exchanged greetings with him. Ekamidāhaṁ, bhante, samayaṁ yena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā nigaṇṭhena nāṭaputtena saddhiṁ sammodiṁ. One time, sir, I approached the Jain Ñātika and exchanged greetings with him. Ekamidāhaṁ, bhante, samayaṁ yena sañcayo belaṭṭhaputto tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā sañcayena belaṭṭhaputtena saddhiṁ sammodiṁ. One time, sir, I approached Sañjaya Belaṭṭhiputta and exchanged greetings with him. So evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte manomayaṁ kāyaṁ abhinimmānāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. When their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward the creation of a mind-made body. So imamhā kāyā aññaṁ kāyaṁ abhinimmināti rūpiṁ manomayaṁ sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṁ ahīnindriyaṁ. From this body they create another body, physical, mind-made, complete in all its various parts, not deficient in any faculty. Evameva kho, mahārāja, bhikkhu evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte manomayaṁ kāyaṁ abhinimmānāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. In the same way, when their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward the creation of a mind-made body. So imamhā kāyā aññaṁ kāyaṁ abhinimmināti rūpiṁ manomayaṁ sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṁ ahīnindriyaṁ. From this body they create another body, physical, mind-made, complete in all its various parts, not deficient in any faculty. Yato ca kho tvaṁ, mahārāja, accayaṁ accayato disvā yathādhammaṁ paṭikarosi, taṁ te mayaṁ paṭiggaṇhāma. But since you have recognized your mistake for what it is, and have dealt with it properly, I accept it. “handa ca dāni mayaṁ, bhante, gacchāma bahukiccā mayaṁ bahukaraṇīyā”ti. “Well, now, sir, I must go. I have many duties, and much to do.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi yena icchānaṅgalaṁ nāma kosalānaṁ brāhmaṇagāmo tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of five hundred mendicants when he arrived at a village of the Kosalan brahmins named Icchānaṅgala. Yadi vā so bhavaṁ gotamo tādiso, yadi vā na tādiso, tathā mayaṁ taṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ vedissāmā”ti. Through you I shall learn about Master Gotama.” Tañhi mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ dassanāya idhūpasaṅkantā”ti. For we have come here to see him.” “Ekamidāhaṁ, bho gotama, samayaṁ ācariyassa brāhmaṇassa pokkharasātissa kenacideva karaṇīyena kapilavatthuṁ agamāsiṁ. “This one time, Master Gotama, I went to Kapilavatthu on some business for my teacher, the brahmin Pokkharasādi. “Sujāto ca, bho gotama, ambaṭṭho māṇavo, kulaputto ca ambaṭṭho māṇavo, bahussuto ca ambaṭṭho māṇavo, kalyāṇavākkaraṇo ca ambaṭṭho māṇavo, paṇḍito ca ambaṭṭho māṇavo, pahoti ca ambaṭṭho māṇavo bhotā gotamena saddhiṁ asmiṁ vacane paṭimantetuṁ, tuṇhī mayaṁ bhavissāma, ambaṭṭho māṇavo bhotā gotamena saddhiṁ asmiṁ vacane paṭimantetū”ti. “He is capable of having a dialogue. We will be silent, and let Ambaṭṭha have a dialogue with Master Gotama.” Dhammavādiṁyeva kira mayaṁ samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ apasādetabbaṁ amaññimhā”ti. And it seems that the ascetic Gotama spoke only the truth, though we presumed to rebuke him!” ‘yo imāhi catūhi disāhi āgamissati samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā, taṁ mayaṁ yathāsatti yathābalaṁ paṭipūjessāmā’”ti? ‘When an ascetic or brahmin comes from the four quarters, I will honor them as best I can’?” “handa ca dāni mayaṁ, bho gotama, gacchāma, bahukiccā mayaṁ bahukaraṇīyā”ti. “Well, now, sir, I must go. I have many duties, and much to do.” “Addasāma kho mayaṁ, bho, taṁ bhavantaṁ gotaman”ti. “I saw him, sir.” Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena yena brāhmaṇassa pokkharasātissa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of Pokkharasādi together with the mendicant Saṅgha, where he sat on the seat spread out.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā aṅgesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi yena campā tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Aṅgas together with a large Saṅgha of five hundred mendicants when he arrived at Campā, “Tena hi, bho, sabbeva mayaṁ samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamissāmā”ti. “Well then, gentlemen, let’s all go to see the ascetic Gotama.” “Ettakaparamāva mayaṁ, bho gotama, etasmiṁ atthe. “That’s all I know about this matter, Master Gotama. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena yena soṇadaṇḍassa brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of Soṇadaṇḍa together with the mendicant Saṅgha, where he sat on the seat spread out.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā magadhesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi yena khāṇumataṁ nāma magadhānaṁ brāhmaṇagāmo tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Magadhans together with a large Saṅgha of five hundred mendicants when he arrived at a village of the Magadhan brahmins named Khāṇumata. “Tena hi, bho, sabbeva mayaṁ samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamissāmā”ti. “Well then, gentlemen, let’s all go to see the ascetic Gotama.” ‘na kho etaṁ amhākaṁ patirūpaṁ, yaṁ mayaṁ imāni sāpateyyāni punadeva sakāni gharāni paṭihareyyāma. ‘It wouldn’t be proper for us to take this abundant wealth back to our own homes. Rājā kho mahāvijito mahāyaññaṁ yajati, handassa mayaṁ anuyāgino homā’ti. King Mahāvijita is performing a great sacrifice. Let us make an offering as an auxiliary sacrifice.’ Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena yena kūṭadantassa brāhmaṇassa yaññavāṭo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of Kūṭadanta together with the mendicant Saṅgha, where he sat on the seat spread out.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. Dassanakāmā hi mayaṁ taṁ bhavantaṁ gotaman”ti. For we want to see him.” “disvāva mayaṁ taṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ gamissāmā”ti. “We’ll go only after we’ve seen Master Gotama.” dassanakāmā hi mayaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti. For we want to see him.” Ekamidāhaṁ, mahāli, samayaṁ kosambiyaṁ viharāmi ghositārāme. This one time, Mahāli, I was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruññāyaṁ viharati kaṇṇakatthale migadāye. At one time the Buddha was staying near Ujuñña, in the deer park at Kaṇṇakatthala. uruññāyaṁ → ujuññāyaṁ (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) Anabbhakkhātukāmā hi mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotaman”ti. For we don’t want to misrepresent Master Gotama.” Yaṁ te ekaccaṁ vadanti ‘sādhū’ti, mayaṁ taṁ ekaccaṁ vadema ‘na sādhū’ti. But some of the things that they applaud, I don’t applaud. Yaṁ te ekaccaṁ vadanti ‘na sādhū’ti, mayaṁ taṁ ekaccaṁ vadema ‘sādhū’ti. And some of the things that they don’t applaud, I do applaud. Yaṁ mayaṁ ekaccaṁ vadema ‘sādhū’ti, parepi taṁ ekaccaṁ vadanti ‘sādhū’ti. Some of the things that I applaud, others also applaud. Yaṁ mayaṁ ekaccaṁ vadema ‘na sādhū’ti, parepi taṁ ekaccaṁ vadanti ‘na sādhū’ti. Some of the things that I don’t applaud, they also don’t applaud. Yaṁ mayaṁ ekaccaṁ vadema ‘na sādhū’ti, pare taṁ ekaccaṁ vadanti ‘sādhū’ti. But some of the things that I don’t applaud, others do applaud. Yaṁ mayaṁ ekaccaṁ vadema ‘sādhū’ti, pare taṁ ekaccaṁ vadanti ‘na sādhū’ti. And some of the things that I do applaud, others don’t applaud. Ekamidāhaṁ, kassapa, samayaṁ rājagahe viharāmi gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Kassapa, this one time I was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for alms. “tiṭṭhatesā, bhante, kathā, yāya mayaṁ etarahi kathāya sannisinnā. “Sir, leave aside what we were sitting talking about just now. “Manomayaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, attānaṁ paccemi sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṁ ahīnindriyan”ti. “Sir, I believe in a mind-made self which is complete in all its various parts, not deficient in any faculty.” Na kho pana mayaṁ kiñci samaṇassa gotamassa ekaṁsikaṁ dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāma: We understand that the ascetic Gotama didn’t give any definitive teaching at all regarding whether the cosmos is eternal and so on.” Na kho pana mayaṁ kiñci samaṇassa gotamassa ekaṁsikaṁ dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāma:
‘katamo pana so, āvuso, oḷāriko attapaṭilābho, yassa tumhe pahānāya dhammaṁ desetha, yathāpaṭipannānaṁ vo saṅkilesikā dhammā pahīyissanti, vodāniyā dhammā abhivaḍḍhissanti, paññāpāripūriṁ vepullattañca diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā’ti, tesaṁ mayaṁ evaṁ puṭṭhā evaṁ byākareyyāma: ‘But reverends, what is that substantial reincarnation for the giving up of which you teach?’ We’d answer like this, ‘ayaṁ vā so, āvuso, oḷāriko attapaṭilābho, yassa mayaṁ pahānāya dhammaṁ desema, yathāpaṭipannānaṁ vo saṅkilesikā dhammā pahīyissanti, vodāniyā dhammā abhivaḍḍhissanti, paññāpāripūriṁ vepullattañca diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā’ti. ‘This is that substantial reincarnation.’ Tesaṁ mayaṁ evaṁ puṭṭhā evaṁ byākareyyāma:
‘ayaṁ vā so, āvuso, manomayo attapaṭilābho yassa mayaṁ pahānāya dhammaṁ desema, yathāpaṭipannānaṁ vo saṅkilesikā dhammā pahīyissanti, vodāniyā dhammā abhivaḍḍhissanti, paññāpāripūriṁ vepullattañca diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā’ti. ‘This is that mind-made reincarnation.’ Tesaṁ mayaṁ evaṁ puṭṭhā evaṁ byākareyyāma:
‘ayaṁ vā so, āvuso, arūpo attapaṭilābho yassa mayaṁ pahānāya dhammaṁ desema, yathāpaṭipannānaṁ vo saṅkilesikā dhammā pahīyissanti, vodāniyā dhammā abhivaḍḍhissanti, paññāpāripūriṁ vepullattañca diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā’ti. ‘This is that formless reincarnation.’ Tesaṁ mayaṁ evaṁ puṭṭhā evaṁ byākareyyāma:
ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme aciraparinibbute bhagavati. At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. It was not long after the Buddha had become fully extinguished. “avocumhā kho mayaṁ bhoto vacanena taṁ bhavantaṁ ānandaṁ:
Atha kho āyasmā ānando tassā rattiyā accayena pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya cetakena bhikkhunā pacchāsamaṇena yena subhassa māṇavassa todeyyaputtassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho subho māṇavo todeyyaputto yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi. Then when the night had passed, Ānanda robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went with Venerable Cetaka as his second monk to Subha’s home, where he sat on the seat spread out. Then Subha went up to Ānanda, and exchanged greetings with him. So evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte manomayaṁ kāyaṁ abhinimmānāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. When their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward the creation of a mind-made body. So imamhā kāyā aññaṁ kāyaṁ abhinimmināti rūpiṁ manomayaṁ sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṁ ahīnindriyaṁ. From this body they create another body, physical, mind-made, complete in all its various parts, not deficient in any faculty. yampi, māṇava, bhikkhu evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte manomayaṁ kāyaṁ abhinimmānāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti …pe….
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi yena sālavatikā tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of five hundred mendicants when he arrived at Sālavatikā. “avocumhā kho mayaṁ bhoto vacanena taṁ bhagavantaṁ: “I gave the Buddha your message, mayaṁ bhoto → mayaṁ bhante tava (bj, pts1ed) | avocumhā kho → avocumha bho (pts1ed) " Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena yena sālavatikā tenupasaṅkami. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to Sālavatikā together with the Saṅgha of mendicants.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi yena manasākaṭaṁ nāma kosalānaṁ brāhmaṇagāmo tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of five hundred mendicants when he arrived at a village of the Kosalan brahmins named Manasākaṭa. Ete mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāma, dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. We go for refuge to Master Gotama, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme karerikuṭikāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery, in the hut by the kareri tree. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena karerimaṇḍalamāḷo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the pavilion by the kareri tree, where he sat on the seat spread out Tathūpamaṁ dhammamayaṁ sumedha, In just the same way, All-seer, so intelligent, Ete mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāma dhammañca. We go for refuge to the Blessed One and to the teaching. Labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ, labheyyāma upasampadan’ti. Sir, may we receive the going forth and ordination in the Buddha’s presence?’ Ete mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāma dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. dn14 Labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ labheyyāma upasampadan’ti. dn14 Ete mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāma dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. dn14 Labheyyāma mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṁ labheyyāma upasampadan’ti. dn14 Api ca, bhante, mayaṁ tathā karissāma yathā bhikkhū channaṁ channaṁ vassānaṁ accayena bandhumatiṁ rājadhāniṁ upasaṅkamissanti pātimokkhuddesāyā’ti. And sir, I’ll make sure that when six years have passed the mendicants will return to Bandhumatī to recite the monastic code.’ Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bhikkhū āmantesi: Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha Vipassī came out of retreat and addressed the mendicants, telling them all that had happened. Then he said, Api ca, bhante, mayaṁ tathā karissāma, yathā bhikkhū channaṁ channaṁ vassānaṁ accayena bandhumatiṁ rājadhāniṁ upasaṅkamissanti pātimokkhuddesāyā’ti. dn14 Ekamidāhaṁ, bhikkhave, samayaṁ ukkaṭṭhāyaṁ viharāmi subhagavane sālarājamūle. At one time, mendicants, I was staying near Ukkaṭṭhā, in the Subhaga Forest at the root of a magnificent sal tree. Te mayaṁ, mārisā, vipassimhi bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ caritvā kāmesu kāmacchandaṁ virājetvā idhūpapannā’ti … And good sir, after leading the spiritual life under that Buddha Vipassī we lost our desire for sensual pleasures and were reborn here.’ Te mayaṁ, mārisā, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ caritvā kāmesu kāmacchandaṁ virājetvā idhūpapannā’ti. And good sir, after leading the spiritual life under you we lost our desire for sensual pleasures and were reborn here.’ Te mayaṁ, mārisā, vipassimhi bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ caritvā kāmesu kāmacchandaṁ virājetvā idhūpapannā’ti. dn14 te mayaṁ, mārisā, sikhimhi bhagavati tasmiññeva kho, mārisā, ekatiṁse kappe yaṁ vessabhū bhagavā …pe… dn14 te mayaṁ, mārisā, vessabhumhi bhagavati …pe… dn14 te mayaṁ, mārisā, kakusandhamhi koṇāgamanamhi kassapamhi bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ caritvā kāmesu kāmacchandaṁ virājetvā idhūpapannā’ti. dn14 Te mayaṁ, mārisā, bhagavati brahmacariyaṁ caritvā kāmesu kāmacchandaṁ virājetvā idhūpapannā’ti. dn14
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṁ nāma kurūnaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kurus, near the Kuru town named Kammāsadamma. kammāsadhammaṁ nāma → kammāsadammaṁ nāma (bj, sya-all, km); kammāssadhammaṁ nāma (pts1ed) Etassa, ānanda, dhammassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamayaṁ pajā tantākulakajātā kulagaṇṭhikajātā muñjapabbajabhūtā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ saṁsāraṁ nātivattati. It is because of not understanding and not penetrating this teaching that this population has become tangled like string, knotted like a ball of thread, and matted like rushes and reeds, and it doesn’t escape the places of loss, the bad places, the underworld, transmigration.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. “ekamidāhaṁ, brāhmaṇa, samayaṁ vesāliyaṁ viharāmi sārandade cetiye. “Brahmin, this one time I was staying near Vesālī at the Sārandada woodland shrine. sārandade → sānandare (mr) Handa ca dāni mayaṁ, bho gotama, gacchāma, bahukiccā mayaṁ bahukaraṇīyā”ti. Well, now, Master Gotama, I must go. I have many duties, and much to do.” Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena yena āvasathāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṁ pavisitvā majjhimaṁ thambhaṁ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi. In the morning, the Buddha robed up and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the guest house together with the Saṅgha of mendicants. Having washed his feet he entered the guest house and sat against the central column facing east. sāyanhasamayaṁ → pubbaṇhasamayaṁ (km) Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi: The Buddha rose at the crack of dawn and addressed Ānanda, Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena yena sunidhavassakārānaṁ magadhamahāmattānaṁ āvasatho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to their guest house together with the mendicant Saṅgha, where he sat on the seat spread out. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena yena ambapāliyā gaṇikāya nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of Ambapālī together with the mendicant Saṅgha, where he sat on the seat spread out. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Vesālī for alms. Ekamidāhaṁ, ānanda, samayaṁ uruvelāyaṁ viharāmi najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhe paṭhamābhisambuddho. Ānanda, this one time, when I was first awakened, I was staying in Uruvelā at the goatherd’s banyan tree on the bank of the Nerañjarā River. Ekamidāhaṁ, ānanda, samayaṁ rājagahe viharāmi gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Ānanda, this one time I was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. Ekamidāhaṁ, ānanda, samayaṁ tattheva rājagahe viharāmi gotamanigrodhe …pe… Ānanda, this one time I was staying right there near Rājagaha, at the Gotama banyan tree … Ekamidāhaṁ, ānanda, samayaṁ idheva vesāliyaṁ viharāmi udene cetiye. Ānanda, this one time I was staying right here near Vesālī, at the Udena shrine … Ekamidāhaṁ, ānanda, samayaṁ idheva vesāliyaṁ viharāmi gotamake cetiye …pe… at the Gotamaka shrine … Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Vesālī for alms. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena yena cundassa kammāraputtassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of Cunda together with the mendicant Saṅgha, where he sat on the seat spread out “Ekamidāhaṁ, pukkusa, samayaṁ ātumāyaṁ viharāmi bhusāgāre. “This one time, Pukkusa, I was staying near Ātumā in a threshing-hut. Ayañca mahesakkho bhikkhu bhagavato purato ṭhito ovārento, na mayaṁ labhāma pacchime kāle tathāgataṁ dassanāyā’”ti. And this illustrious mendicant is standing in front of the Buddha blocking the view. We won’t get to see the Realized One in his final hour!’” Te mayaṁ labhāma manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya, labhāma payirupāsanāya. We got to see the esteemed mendicants, and to pay homage to them. Bhagavato pana mayaṁ, bhante, accayena na labhissāma manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya, na labhissāma payirupāsanāyā”ti. But when the Buddha has passed, we won’t get to see the esteemed mendicants or to pay homage to them.” “Kathaṁ mayaṁ, bhante, mātugāme paṭipajjāmā”ti? “Sir, how do we proceed when it comes to females?” “Kathaṁ mayaṁ, bhante, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjāmā”ti? “Sir, how do we proceed when it comes to the Realized One’s corpse?” amhākañca no gāmakkhette tathāgatassa parinibbānaṁ ahosi, na mayaṁ labhimhā pacchime kāle tathāgataṁ dassanāyā’”ti. ‘The Realized One became fully extinguished in our own village district, but we didn’t get a chance to see him in his final hour.’” ‘amhākañca no gāmakkhette tathāgatassa parinibbānaṁ ahosi, na mayaṁ labhimhā pacchime kāle tathāgataṁ dassanāyā’”ti. ‘The Realized One became fully extinguished in our own village district, but we didn’t get a chance to see him in his final hour.’” ‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi, na mayaṁ sakkhimhā bhagavantaṁ sammukhā paṭipucchitun’”ti. ‘We were in the Teacher’s presence and we weren’t able to ask the Buddha a question.’” ‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi, na mayaṁ sakkhimhā bhagavantaṁ sammukhā paṭipucchitun’”ti. ‘We were in the Teacher’s presence and we weren’t able to ask the Buddha a question.’” “Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando āyasmato anuruddhassa paṭissutvā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya attadutiyo kusināraṁ pāvisi. “Yes, sir,” replied Ānanda. Then, in the morning, he robed up and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Kusinārā with a companion. “ativikālo kho ajja bhagavato sarīraṁ jhāpetuṁ, sve dāni mayaṁ bhagavato sarīraṁ jhāpessāmā”ti. “It’s too late to cremate the Buddha’s corpse today. Let’s do it tomorrow.” “mayaṁ bhagavato sarīraṁ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā dakkhiṇena dakkhiṇaṁ nagarassa haritvā bāhirena bāhiraṁ dakkhiṇato nagarassa bhagavato sarīraṁ jhāpessāmā”ti. “Honoring, respecting, revering, and venerating the Buddha’s corpse with dance and song and music and garlands and fragrances, let us carry it to the south of the town, and cremate it there outside the town.” “mayaṁ bhagavato sarīraṁ uccāressāmā”ti na sakkonti uccāretuṁ. “We shall lift the Buddha’s corpse.” But they were unable to do so. ‘mayaṁ bhagavato sarīraṁ uccāressāmā’ti na sakkonti uccāretun”ti?
‘mayaṁ bhagavato sarīraṁ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā dakkhiṇena dakkhiṇaṁ nagarassa haritvā bāhirena bāhiraṁ dakkhiṇato nagarassa bhagavato sarīraṁ jhāpessāmā’ti; carry the Buddha’s corpse to the south of the town while venerating it with dance and song and music and garlands and fragrances, and cremate it there outside the town. ‘mayaṁ bhagavato sarīraṁ dibbehi naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṁ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṁ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṁ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṁ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṁ nāma mallānaṁ cetiyaṁ ettha bhagavato sarīraṁ jhāpessāmā’”ti. carry the Buddha’s corpse to the north of the town while venerating it with heavenly dance and song and music and garlands and fragrances. Then they plan to enter the town by the northern gate, carry it through the center of the town, leave by the eastern gate, and cremate it there at the Mallian shrine named Coronation.” “kathaṁ mayaṁ, bhante ānanda, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjāmā”ti? “Honorable Ānanda, how do we proceed when it comes to the Realized One’s corpse?” “alaṁ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha, sumuttā mayaṁ tena mahāsamaṇena. Upaddutā ca homa: “Enough, reverends, do not grieve or lament. We’re well rid of that Great Ascetic. And we are oppressed: Idāni pana mayaṁ yaṁ icchissāma, taṁ karissāma, yaṁ na icchissāma, na taṁ karissāmā”ti. Well, now we shall do what we want and not do what we don’t want.” “mayaṁ bhagavato citakaṁ āḷimpessāmā”ti na sakkonti āḷimpetuṁ. “We shall light the Buddha’s funeral pyre.” But they were unable to do so. ‘mayaṁ bhagavato citakaṁ āḷimpessāmā’ti na sakkonti āḷimpetun”ti?
“bhagavā amhākaṁ gāmakkhette parinibbuto, na mayaṁ dassāma bhagavato sarīrānaṁ bhāgan”ti. “The Buddha became fully extinguished in our village district. We will not give away a share of his relics.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kusinārāyaṁ viharati upavattane mallānaṁ sālavane antarena yamakasālānaṁ parinibbānasamaye. At one time the Buddha was staying between a pair of sal trees in the sal forest of the Mallas at Upavattana near Kusinārā at the time of his final extinguishment. Ekaṁ dvāraṁ sovaṇṇamayaṁ, ekaṁ rūpiyamayaṁ, ekaṁ veḷuriyamayaṁ, ekaṁ phalikamayaṁ. made of gold, silver, beryl, and crystal. Bhūtapubbaṁ, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano tameva hatthiratanaṁ vīmaṁsamāno pubbaṇhasamayaṁ abhiruhitvā samuddapariyantaṁ pathaviṁ anuyāyitvā kusāvatiṁ rājadhāniṁ paccāgantvā pātarāsamakāsi. Once it so happened that King Mahāsudassana, testing that same elephant-treasure, mounted him in the morning and traversed the land surrounded by ocean before returning to the royal capital in time for breakfast. Bhūtapubbaṁ, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano tameva assaratanaṁ vīmaṁsamāno pubbaṇhasamayaṁ abhiruhitvā samuddapariyantaṁ pathaviṁ anuyāyitvā kusāvatiṁ rājadhāniṁ paccāgantvā pātarāsamakāsi. Once it so happened that King Mahāsudassana, testing that same horse-treasure, mounted him in the morning and traversed the land surrounded by ocean before returning to the royal capital in time for breakfast. ‘ataramāno, deva, yāhi, yathā taṁ mayaṁ cirataraṁ passeyyāmā’ti. ‘Slow down, Your Majesty, so we may see you longer!’ ekaṁ sopānaṁ sovaṇṇamayaṁ ekaṁ rūpiyamayaṁ ekaṁ veḷuriyamayaṁ ekaṁ phalikamayaṁ. made of gold, silver, beryl, and crystal. ‘na kho etaṁ amhākaṁ patirūpaṁ, yaṁ mayaṁ imāni sāpateyyāni punadeva sakāni gharāni paṭihareyyāma. ‘It wouldn’t be proper for us to take this abundant wealth back to our own homes. Yannūna mayaṁ rañño mahāsudassanassa nivesanaṁ māpeyyāmā’ti. Why don’t we build a home for King Mahāsudassana?’ ekaṁ phalakaṁ sovaṇṇamayaṁ, ekaṁ rūpiyamayaṁ, ekaṁ veḷuriyamayaṁ, ekaṁ phalikamayaṁ. made of gold, silver, beryl, and crystal. ekaṁ sopānaṁ sovaṇṇamayaṁ, ekaṁ rūpiyamayaṁ, ekaṁ veḷuriyamayaṁ, ekaṁ phalikamayaṁ. made of gold, silver, beryl, and crystal. ekaṁ kūṭāgāraṁ sovaṇṇamayaṁ, ekaṁ rūpiyamayaṁ, ekaṁ veḷuriyamayaṁ, ekaṁ phalikamayaṁ. made of gold, silver, beryl, and crystal. ‘yannūnāhaṁ mahāviyūhassa kūṭāgārassa dvāre sabbasovaṇṇamayaṁ tālavanaṁ māpeyyaṁ, yattha divāvihāraṁ nisīdissāmī’ti. ‘Why don’t I build a grove of golden palm trees at the door to the great foyer, where I can sit for the day?’ Māpesi kho, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano mahāviyūhassa kūṭāgārassa dvāre sabbasovaṇṇamayaṁ tālavanaṁ, yattha divāvihāraṁ nisīdi. So that’s what he did. ekaṁ jālaṁ sovaṇṇamayaṁ ekaṁ rūpiyamayaṁ. made of gold and silver. ekaṁ sopānaṁ sovaṇṇamayaṁ, ekaṁ rūpiyamayaṁ, ekaṁ veḷuriyamayaṁ, ekaṁ phalikamayaṁ. made of gold, silver, beryl, and crystal. Atha kho, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano mahāviyūhā kūṭāgārā nikkhamitvā sovaṇṇamayaṁ kūṭāgāraṁ pavisitvā rūpiyamaye pallaṅke nisinno Then King Mahāsudassana left the great foyer and entered the golden chamber, where he sat on the golden couch. ‘ehi tvaṁ, ambho purisa, mahāviyūhā kūṭāgārā sovaṇṇamayaṁ pallaṅkaṁ nīharitvā sabbasovaṇṇamaye tālavane paññapehī’ti. ‘Come, mister, bring the golden couch from the great foyer and set it up in the golden palm grove.’ ‘Evaṁ, devā’ti kho, ānanda, so puriso rañño mahāsudassanassa paṭissutvā mahāviyūhā kūṭāgārā sovaṇṇamayaṁ pallaṅkaṁ nīharitvā sabbasovaṇṇamaye tālavane paññapesi. ‘Yes, Your Majesty,’ that man replied, and did as he was asked.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. nātike → nādike (si, sya-all, km, pts1ed) ‘evaṁ no so dhammiko dhammarājā sukhāpetvā kālaṅkato, evaṁ mayaṁ tassa dhammikassa dhammarañño vijite phāsu viharimhā’ti. ‘That just and principled king, who made us so happy, has passed away. Life was good under his dominion.’ phāsu → phāsukaṁ (sya-all, km) Idamāyasmā ānando māgadhake paricārake ārabbha eko raho anuvicintetvā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: After pondering the fate of the Magadhan devotees alone in private, Ānanda rose at the crack of dawn and went to see the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and told the Buddha of his concerns, finishing by saying, Evaṁ mayaṁ tassa dhammikassa dhammarañño vijite phāsu viharimhā’ti. dn18 Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkante āyasmante ānande pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya nātikaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Soon after Ānanda had left, the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Ñātika for alms. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito giñjakāvasathā nikkhamitvā vihārapacchāyāyaṁ paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat. Emerging from the brick house, he sat on the seat spread out in the shade of the porch.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. ‘Icchāma mayaṁ, mārisa, tassa bhagavato aṭṭha yathābhucce vaṇṇe sotun’ti. ‘Indeed we would, sir.’ ‘sādhu, mahābrahme, etadeva mayaṁ saṅkhāya modāma; ‘Good, Great Brahmā! Having appraised this, we rejoice. te ca mayaṁ saṅkhāya modāmā’ti. having appraised them, too, we rejoice.’ “yasmiṁ vata, bho, mayaṁ samaye govinde brāhmaṇe sabbakiccāni sammā vossajjitvā pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitā samaṅgībhūtā paricārema, tasmiṁ no samaye govindo brāhmaṇo kālaṅkato”ti. “At a time when I have relinquished all my duties to the brahmin Steward and amuse myself, supplied and provided with the five kinds of sensual stimulation, he passes away!” ‘mayaṁ kho bhoto reṇussa sahāyā piyā manāpā appaṭikūlā, yaṁsukho bhavaṁ taṁsukhā mayaṁ, yaṁdukkho bhavaṁ taṁdukkhā mayaṁ. ‘Prince Reṇu, we are your friends, dear, beloved, and cherished. We have shared your joys and sorrows. “mayaṁ kho bhoto reṇussa sahāyā piyā manāpā appaṭikūlā; dn19 yaṁsukho bhavaṁ taṁsukhā mayaṁ, yaṁdukkho bhavaṁ taṁdukkhā mayaṁ. dn19 yannūna mayaṁ mahāgovindaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ dhanena sikkheyyāmā”ti. Why don’t we try to persuade him with wealth?” yannūna mayaṁ mahāgovindaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ itthīhi sikkheyyāmā”ti. Why don’t we try to persuade him with women?” “Tena hi bhavaṁ govindo sattāhaṁ āgametu, yāva mayaṁ sake puttabhātaro rajjena anusāsissāma, sattāhassa accayena mayampi agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajissāma, atha yā te gati, sā no gati bhavissatī”ti. “Well then, sir, please wait for a week, so that we can instruct our sons and brothers in kingship. When a week has passed, we shall go forth. Your destiny shall be ours.” rajjena → rajje (sya-all, km, pts1ed)
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ mahāvane mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeheva arahantehi; At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, in the Great Wood near Kapilavatthu, together with a large Saṅgha of five hundred mendicants, all of whom were perfected ones. Āgatamha imaṁ dhammasamayaṁ, We’ve come to this righteous congregation
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā magadhesu viharati, pācīnato rājagahassa ambasaṇḍā nāma brāhmaṇagāmo, tassuttarato vediyake pabbate indasālaguhāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Magadhans, where east of Rājagaha there is a brahmin village named Ambasaṇḍā, north of which, on Mount Vediyaka, is Indra’s hill cave. Yadi pana, mārisā, mayaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkameyyāma arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti? What if we were to go and see that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha?” Yadi pana, tāta pañcasikha, mayaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkameyyāma arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti? What if we were to go and see that Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha?” Yadi pana tvaṁ, tāta pañcasikha, bhagavantaṁ paṭhamaṁ pasādeyyāsi, tayā, tāta, paṭhamaṁ pasāditaṁ pacchā mayaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkameyyāma arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti. But if you were to charm the Buddha first, then I could go to see him.” “Ekamidaṁ, bhante, samayaṁ bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhe paṭhamābhisambuddho. “This one time, sir, when you were first awakened, you were staying in Uruvelā at the goatherd’s banyan tree on the bank of the Nerañjarā River. Ekamidaṁ, bhante, samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati salaḷāgārake. This one time, sir, the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the frankincense-tree hut. Duddiṭṭharūpaṁ vata bho addasāma, ye mayaṁ addasāma sahadhammike hīnaṁ gandhabbakāyaṁ upapanne’ti. It is a sad sight indeed to see fellow practitioners reborn in the inferior centaur realm.’ Ye ca mayaṁ pubbe manussabhūtā. they were disciples of Gotama. Mā no mayaṁ parapessā ahumhā’; we won’t serve others any more!” Tayā, tāta, paṭhamaṁ pasāditaṁ pacchā mayaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamimhā arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ. after which I went to see him.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṁ nāma kurūnaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kurus, near the Kuru town named Kammāsadamma. ‘aho vata mayaṁ na jātidhammā assāma, na ca vata no jāti āgaccheyyā’ti. ‘Oh, if only we were not liable to be reborn! If only rebirth would not come to us!’ ‘aho vata mayaṁ na jarādhammā assāma, na ca vata no jarā āgaccheyyā’ti. dn22 Byādhidhammānaṁ, bhikkhave, sattānaṁ evaṁ icchā uppajjati ‘aho vata mayaṁ na byādhidhammā assāma, na ca vata no byādhi āgaccheyyā’ti. fall ill … Maraṇadhammānaṁ, bhikkhave, sattānaṁ evaṁ icchā uppajjati ‘aho vata mayaṁ na maraṇadhammā assāma, na ca vata no maraṇaṁ āgaccheyyā’ti. die … Sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadhammānaṁ, bhikkhave, sattānaṁ evaṁ icchā uppajjati ‘aho vata mayaṁ na sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadhammā assāma, na ca vata no sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsaā āgaccheyyun’ti. experience sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress, such a wish arises: ‘Oh, if only we were not liable to experience sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress! If only sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress would not come to us!’
ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā kumārakassapo kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi yena setabyā nāma kosalānaṁ nagaraṁ tadavasari. At one time Venerable Kassapa the Prince was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of five hundred mendicants when he arrived at a Kosalan citadel named Setavyā. ‘āgamentu tāva bhavanto nirayapālā, yāva mayaṁ pāyāsissa rājaññassa gantvā ārocema: ‘Please, good wardens of hell! Wait until I’ve gone to the chieftain Pāyāsi to tell him that ‘yāva mayaṁ dve vā tīṇi vā rattindivā dibbehi pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitā samaṅgībhūtā paricārema, atha mayaṁ pāyāsissa rājaññassa gantvā āroceyyāma: ‘First I’ll amuse myself for two or three days, supplied and provided with the five kinds of heavenly sensual stimulation. Then I’ll go back to Pāyāsi and tell him that Api hi mayaṁ, bho kassapa, ciraṁ kālaṅkatāpi bhaveyyāma. For I would be long dead by then. Na mayaṁ bhoto kassapassa saddahāma: I don’t believe you.” Na mayaṁ bhoto kassapassa saddahāma: dn23 Yadā mayaṁ jānāma ‘kālaṅkato so puriso’ti, atha naṁ kumbhiṁ oropetvā ubbhinditvā mukhaṁ vivaritvā saṇikaṁ nillokema: When we know that that man has passed away, we lift down the pot and break it open, uncover the mouth, and slowly peek inside, thinking, nillokema → vilokema (sya-all, km) Nevassa mayaṁ jīvaṁ nikkhamantaṁ passāma. But we don’t see his soul escaping. Nevassa mayaṁ jīvaṁ nikkhamantaṁ passāma. But we don’t see his soul escaping. Nevassa mayaṁ jīvaṁ nikkhamantaṁ passāma. But we don’t see his soul escaping. Nevassa mayaṁ jīvaṁ passāma. but we see no soul. Te tassa purisassa aṭṭhimiñjaṁ chindanti, nevassa mayaṁ jīvaṁ passeyyāma. They do so, but we see no soul. te mayaṁ yena yena gacchāma, khippameva pariyādiyati tiṇakaṭṭhodakaṁ haritakapaṇṇaṁ. Wherever we go we quickly use up the grass, wood, water, and the green foliage. Yannūna mayaṁ imaṁ satthaṁ dvidhā vibhajeyyāma— Why don’t we split the caravan in two halves?’ Ayaṁ bho puriso neva amhākaṁ mitto, na ñātisālohito, kathaṁ mayaṁ imassa saddhāya gamissāma. But this person is neither our friend nor relative. How can we proceed out of trust in him? Nanu mayaṁ, tāta uttara, puññatthikā dānasseva phalaṁ pāṭikaṅkhino”ti? Don’t we who seek merit expect some result from the offering?” Bhavaṁ kho panamhākaṁ piyo manāpo, kathaṁ mayaṁ manāpaṁ amanāpena saṁyojemā”ti? Sir, you’re dear and beloved to me. But how can I reconcile one so dear with something so disagreeable?” samayaṁ sakkapañhakaṁ; dn23
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā mallesu viharati anupiyaṁ nāma mallānaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Mallas, near the Mallian town named Anupiya. anupiyaṁ nāma → anupiyā nāma (bj); anuppiyaṁ nāma (sya-all) Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya anupiyaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Anupiya for alms. Ekamidāhaṁ, bhaggava, samayaṁ thūlūsu viharāmi uttarakā nāma thūlūnaṁ nigamo. Bhaggava, this one time I was staying in the land of the Kurus where they have a town named Uttarakā. thūlūsu → bumūsu (bj, pts1ed) | ayaṁ → arahaṁ (bj, sya-all, pts1ed) Atha khvāhaṁ, bhaggava, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sunakkhattena licchaviputtena pacchāsamaṇena uttarakaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ. Then I robed up in the morning and, taking my bowl and robe, entered Uttarakā for alms with Sunakkhatta the Licchavi as my second monk. Ekamidāhaṁ, bhaggava, samayaṁ vesāliyaṁ viharāmi mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. This one time, Bhaggava, I was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. Ekamidāhaṁ, bhaggava, samayaṁ tattheva vesāliyaṁ viharāmi mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. This one time, Bhaggava, I was staying right there near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. Atha khvāhaṁ, bhaggava, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ. Then, Bhaggava, I robed up in the morning and, taking my bowl and robe, entered Vesālī for alms. Atha khvāhaṁ → atha kho svāhaṁ (sya-all); atha kho’ haṁ (pts1ed) mayaṁ acelaṁ pāthikaputtaṁ varattāhi bandhitvā goyugehi āviñcheyyāmāti, tā varattā chijjeyyuṁ pāthikaputto vā. “Let’s bind Pāṭikaputta with straps and drag him with a pair of oxen!” But either the straps will break or Pāṭikaputta will.’ āviñcheyyāmāti → āviñjeyyāmāti (sya-all); āvijjheyyāmāti (pts1ed) | varattāhi → yāhi varattāhi (sya-all, mr) mayaṁ acelaṁ pāthikaputtaṁ varattāhi bandhitvā goyugehi āviñcheyyāmāti. Tā varattā chijjeyyuṁ pāthikaputto vā. try to bind you with straps and drag you with a pair of oxen, either the straps will break or you will. Tatrāsayaṁ kappetvā sāyanhasamayaṁ āsayā nikkhameyyaṁ, āsayā nikkhamitvā vijambheyyaṁ, vijambhitvā samantā catuddisā anuvilokeyyaṁ, samantā catuddisā anuviloketvā tikkhattuṁ sīhanādaṁ nadeyyaṁ, tikkhattuṁ sīhanādaṁ naditvā gocarāya pakkameyyaṁ. Towards evening I can emerge from my den, yawn, look all around the four quarters, roar my lion’s roar three times, and set out on the hunt. Tatrāsayaṁ kappetvā sāyanhasamayaṁ āsayā nikkhami, āsayā nikkhamitvā vijambhi, vijambhitvā samantā catuddisā anuvilokesi, samantā catuddisā anuviloketvā tikkhattuṁ sīhanādaṁ nadi, tikkhattuṁ sīhanādaṁ naditvā gocarāya pakkāmi. dn24 Tatrāsayaṁ kappetvā sāyanhasamayaṁ āsayā nikkhameyyaṁ, āsayā nikkhamitvā vijambheyyaṁ, vijambhitvā samantā catuddisā anuvilokeyyaṁ, samantā catuddisā anuviloketvā tikkhattuṁ sīhanādaṁ nadeyyaṁ, tikkhattuṁ sīhanādaṁ naditvā gocarāya pakkameyyaṁ. Towards evening I can emerge from my den, yawn, look all around the four quarters, roar my lion’s roar three times, and set out on the hunt. Tatrāsayaṁ kappetvā sāyanhasamayaṁ āsayā nikkhami, āsayā nikkhamitvā vijambhi, vijambhitvā samantā catuddisā anuvilokesi, samantā catuddisā anuviloketvā tikkhattuṁ sīhanādaṁ nadissāmīti siṅgālakaṁyeva anadi bheraṇḍakaṁyeva anadi, ke ca chave siṅgāle, ke pana sīhanādeti. But when he tried to roar a lion’s roar, he only managed to squeal and yelp like a jackal. And what is a pathetic jackal’s squeal next to the roar of a lion? sīhanādeti → sīhanāde (bj) mayaṁ acelaṁ pāthikaputtaṁ varattāhi bandhitvā nāgehi āviñcheyyāmāti. Tā varattā chijjeyyuṁ pāthikaputto vā. “Let’s bind Pāṭikaputta with straps and drag him with a pair of oxen!” But either the straps will break or Pāṭikaputta will. āviñcheyyāmāti → āviñjeyyāmāti (sya-all); āvijjheyyāmāti (pts1ed) | nāgehi → goyugehi (sabbattha) iminā mayaṁ bhotā brahmunā nimmitā. And we were created by him. Imañhi mayaṁ addasāma idha paṭhamaṁ upapannaṁ; mayaṁ panāmha pacchā upapannāti. Because we see that he was reborn here first, and we arrived later.” “yo kho so bhavaṁ brahmā mahābrahmā abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavattī issaro kattā nimmātā seṭṭho sajitā vasī pitā bhūtabhabyānaṁ, yena mayaṁ bhotā brahmunā nimmitā. So nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo sassatisamaṁ tatheva ṭhassati. “He who is Brahmā—the Great Brahmā, the Vanquisher, the Unvanquished, the Universal Seer, the Wielder of Power, God Almighty, the Maker, the Creator, the First, the Begetter, the Controller, the Father of those who have been born and those yet to be born—by he we were created. He is permanent, everlasting, eternal, imperishable, remaining the same for all eternity. sassato → sassato dīghāyuko (sya-all, mr) Ye pana mayaṁ ahumhā tena bhotā brahmunā nimmitā, te mayaṁ aniccā addhuvā appāyukā cavanadhammā itthattaṁ āgatā”ti. We who were created by that Brahmā are impermanent, not lasting, short-lived, perishable, and have come to this state of existence.” addhuvā → adhuvā asassatā (sya-all, mr) Ye pana mayaṁ ahumhā khiḍḍāpadosikā te mayaṁ ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannā viharimhā, tesaṁ no ativelaṁ hassakhiḍḍāratidhammasamāpannānaṁ viharataṁ sati sammussati, satiyā sammosā evaṁ mayaṁ tamhā kāyā cutā, But we who were depraved by play spent too much time laughing, playing, and making merry. In doing so, we lost our mindfulness, and passed away from that host of gods. satiyā sammosā evaṁ → sammosāya te (sya-all, mr); sammosā eva (pts1ed) Ye pana mayaṁ ahumhā manopadosikā, te mayaṁ ativelaṁ aññamaññaṁ upanijjhāyimhā. Te mayaṁ ativelaṁ aññamaññaṁ upanijjhāyantā aññamaññamhi cittāni padūsimhā. Te mayaṁ aññamaññaṁ paduṭṭhacittā kilantakāyā kilantacittā. Evaṁ mayaṁ tamhā kāyā cutā, But we who were malevolent spent too much time gazing at each other, so our minds grew angry with each other, our bodies and minds got tired, and we passed away from that host of gods. padūsimhā → padūsayimhā (bj); padosiyimhā (sya-all); padūsimha (pts1ed) | Evaṁ mayaṁ → kilantacittāeva mayaṁ (pts1ed); kilantacittā (csp1ed)
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. “idha mayaṁ, bhante, addasāma bhagavantaṁ sumāgadhāya tīre moranivāpe abbhokāse caṅkamantaṁ, disvāna evaṁ avocumhā: “Well, sir, I saw you walking mindfully and said: “mayaṁ kho, bhante, tapojigucchāvādā tapojigucchāsārā tapojigucchāallīnā viharāma. “Sir, we teach fervent mortification in disgust of sin, regarding it as essential and clinging to it. “ettha mayaṁ anassāma sācariyakā, na mayaṁ ito bhiyyo uttaritaraṁ pajānāmā”ti. “In that case, we’re lost, and so is our tradition! We don’t know anything better or finer than that!” Yato ca kho tvaṁ, nigrodha, accayaṁ accayato disvā yathādhammaṁ paṭikarosi, taṁ te mayaṁ paṭiggaṇhāma. But since you have recognized your mistake for what it is, and have dealt with it properly, I accept it. ‘handa mayaṁ aññāṇatthampi samaṇe gotame brahmacariyaṁ carāma, kiṁ karissati sattāho’”ti? ‘Come, let us lead the spiritual life under the ascetic Gotama for the sake of enlightenment—for what do seven days matter?’”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā magadhesu viharati mātulāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Magadhans at Mātulā. Saṁvijjanti kho te, deva, vijite amaccā pārisajjā gaṇakamahāmattā anīkaṭṭhā dovārikā mantassājīvino mayañceva aññe ca ye mayaṁ ariyaṁ cakkavattivattaṁ dhārema. In your realm are found ministers and counselors, treasury officials, military officers, guardsmen, and professional advisers—both ourselves and others—who remember the noble duty of a wheel-turning monarch. Tassa te mayaṁ ariyaṁ cakkavattivattaṁ puṭṭhā byākarissāmā’ti. We will answer you.’ ‘mā ca mayaṁ kañci, mā ca amhe koci, yannūna mayaṁ tiṇagahanaṁ vā vanagahanaṁ vā rukkhagahanaṁ vā nadīviduggaṁ vā pabbatavisamaṁ vā pavisitvā vanamūlaphalāhārā yāpeyyāmā’ti. ‘Let us neither kill nor be killed! Why don’t we hide in thick grass, thick jungle, thick trees, inaccessible riverlands, or rugged mountains and survive on forest roots and fruits?’ tiṇagahanaṁ → … gahaṇaṁ (bj, sya-all) | kañci → kiñci (mr) | te tiṇagahanaṁ vā vanagahanaṁ vā vā rukkhagahanaṁ vā nadīviduggaṁ vā pabbatavisamaṁ vā → te tiṇagahanaṁ vanagahanaṁ rukkhagahanaṁ nadīviduggaṁ pabbatavisamaṁ (pts1ed) ‘mayaṁ kho akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ samādānahetu evarūpaṁ āyataṁ ñātikkhayaṁ pattā. ‘It’s because we undertook unskillful things that we suffered such an extensive loss of our relatives. Yannūna mayaṁ kusalaṁ kareyyāma. We’d better do what’s skillful. Yannūna mayaṁ pāṇātipātā virameyyāma, idaṁ kusalaṁ dhammaṁ samādāya vatteyyāmā’ti. Why don’t we refrain from killing living creatures? Having undertaken this skillful thing we’ll live by it.’ ‘mayaṁ kho kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ samādānahetu āyunāpi vaḍḍhāma, vaṇṇenapi vaḍḍhāma. ‘Because of undertaking this skillful thing, our lifespan and beauty are growing. Yannūna mayaṁ bhiyyoso mattāya kusalaṁ kareyyāma. Why don’t we do even more skillful things? Yannūna mayaṁ adinnādānā virameyyāma … Why don’t we refrain from stealing … yannūna mayaṁ matteyyā assāma petteyyā sāmaññā brahmaññā kule jeṭṭhāpacāyino, idaṁ kusalaṁ dhammaṁ samādāya vatteyyāmā’ti. Why don’t we pay due respect to mother and father, ascetics and brahmins, honoring the elders in our families? Having undertaken this skillful thing we’ll live by it.’
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, in the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito pāsādā orohitvā pāsādapacchāyāyaṁ abbhokāse caṅkamati. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came downstairs from the longhouse and was walking mindfully in the open air, beneath the shade of the longhouse. Addasā kho vāseṭṭho bhagavantaṁ sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhitaṁ pāsādā orohitvā pāsādapacchāyāyaṁ abbhokāse caṅkamantaṁ. Vāseṭṭha saw him “ayaṁ, āvuso bhāradvāja, bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito pāsādā orohitvā pāsādapacchāyāyaṁ abbhokāse caṅkamati. “Reverend Bhāradvāja, the Buddha is walking mindfully in the open air, beneath the shade of the longhouse. Ye kho pana te, vāseṭṭha, tena samayena sattā passanti methunaṁ dhammaṁ paṭisevante, aññe paṁsuṁ khipanti, aññe seṭṭhiṁ khipanti, aññe gomayaṁ khipanti: Those who saw them having sex pelted them with dirt, clods, or cow-dung, saying, Tadetarahipi manussā ekaccesu janapadesu vadhuyā nibbuyhamānāya aññe paṁsuṁ khipanti, aññe seṭṭhiṁ khipanti, aññe gomayaṁ khipanti. And even today people in some countries, when carrying a bride off, pelt her with dirt, clods, or cow-dung. nibbuyhamānāya → niggayhamānāya (mr) Te mayaṁ rasapathaviṁ hatthehi āluppakārakaṁ upakkamimha paribhuñjituṁ, tesaṁ no rasapathaviṁ hatthehi āluppakārakaṁ upakkamataṁ paribhuñjituṁ sayaṁpabhā antaradhāyi. dn27 Te mayaṁ rasapathaviṁ paribhuñjantā tambhakkhā tadāhārā ciraṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ aṭṭhamhā. dn27 Te mayaṁ bhūmipappaṭakaṁ upakkamimha paribhuñjituṁ. dn27 Te mayaṁ taṁ paribhuñjantā tambhakkhā tadāhārā ciraṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ aṭṭhamhā. dn27 Te mayaṁ padālataṁ upakkamimha paribhuñjituṁ. dn27 Te mayaṁ taṁ paribhuñjantā tambhakkhā tadāhārā ciraṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ aṭṭhamhā. dn27 Te mayaṁ akaṭṭhapākaṁ sāliṁ paribhuñjantā tambhakkhā tadāhārā ciraṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ aṭṭhamhā. dn27 Yannūna mayaṁ sāliṁ vibhajeyyāma, mariyādaṁ ṭhapeyyāmā’ti. We’d better divide up the rice and lay down boundaries.’ Yannūna mayaṁ ekaṁ sattaṁ sammanneyyāma, yo no sammā khīyitabbaṁ khīyeyya, sammā garahitabbaṁ garaheyya, sammā pabbājetabbaṁ pabbājeyya. Why don’t we elect one being who would rightly accuse those who deserve it, blame those who deserve it, and expel those who deserve it? Mayaṁ panassa sālīnaṁ bhāgaṁ anuppadassāmā’ti. We shall pay them with a share of rice.’ Mayaṁ pana te sālīnaṁ bhāgaṁ anuppadassāmā’ti. We shall pay you with a share of rice.’ Yannūna mayaṁ pāpake akusale dhamme vāheyyāmā’ti. Why don’t we set aside bad, unskillful things?’
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati vedhaññā nāma sakyā, tesaṁ ambavane pāsāde. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans in a stilt longhouse in a mango grove belonging to the Sakyans named Vedhaññā. ye mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ tādisaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ passāma evaṁ atthupetaṁ byañjanupetan’ti. to see a venerable such as yourself, so well-versed in the meaning and the phrasing, as one of our spiritual companions!’
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Rājagaha for alms.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. Handa ca dāni mayaṁ, mārisa, gacchāma bahukiccā mayaṁ bahukaraṇīyā”ti. Well, now, dear sir, I must go. I have many duties, and much to do.” Handa ca dāni mayaṁ, mārisa, gacchāma, bahukiccā mayaṁ bahukaraṇīyā’ti. dn32
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā mallesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi yena pāvā nāma mallānaṁ nagaraṁ tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Mallas together with a large Saṅgha of five hundred mendicants when he arrived at a Mallian town named Pāvā. dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu, bhāvanāmayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu. giving, ethical conduct, and meditation.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā campāyaṁ viharati gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. At one time the Buddha was staying near Campā on the banks of the Gaggarā Lotus Pond together with a large Saṅgha of five hundred mendicants.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ osadhitārakā bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca; It’s like how after the rainy season the sky is clear and cloudless. At the crack of dawn, the Morning Star shines and glows and radiates.
‘imāya mayaṁ iriyāya na kañci byābādhema tasaṁ vā thāvaraṁ vā’ti. ‘Through this behavior, I shall not hurt any creature firm or frail.’ kañci → kiñci (sya-all, pts-vp-pli1, csp1ed) Tathūpamaṁ dhammamayaṁ sumedho, In just the same way, the all-seer, so intelligent,
Dānamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu, sīlamayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu, bhāvanāmayaṁ puññakiriyavatthu— Giving, ethical conduct, and meditation are all grounds for making merit.
“Tayome, bhikkhave, devesu devasaddā niccharanti samayā samayaṁ upādāya. “Mendicants, these three cries are uttered among the gods on occasion. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo devesu devasaddo niccharati samayā samayaṁ upādāya. This is the first occasion a cry is uttered among the gods. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, dutiyo devesu devasaddo niccharati samayā samayaṁ upādāya. This is the second occasion a cry is uttered among the gods. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, tatiyo devesu devasaddo niccharati samayā samayaṁ upādāya. This is the third occasion a cry is uttered among the gods. Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo devesu devasaddā niccharanti samayā samayaṁ upādāyā”ti. These are the three cries that are uttered among the gods on occasion.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā magadhesu viharati dakkhiṇāgirismiṁ ekanāḷāyaṁ brāhmaṇagāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Magadhans in the Southern Hills near the brahmin village of Ekanāḷa. dakkhiṇāgirismiṁ → dakkhiṇagirismiṁ (mr) Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena kasibhāradvājassa brāhmaṇassa kammanto tenupasaṅkami. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to where Bhāradvāja the Farmer was working. “Na kho pana mayaṁ passāma bhoto gotamassa yugaṁ vā naṅgalaṁ vā phālaṁ vā pācanaṁ vā balībadde vā. “I don’t see Master Gotama with a yoke or plow or plowshare or goad or oxen, yet he says: Na kho pana mayaṁ → na kho pana samaṇa (sya-all) | balībadde → balivadde (bj, pts-vp-pli1); balibaddhe (sya-all, csp1ed)
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. mayaṁ pucchāma gotama; about a man’s downfall. gotama → gotamaṁ (bj, sya-all, pts-vp-pli1)
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for alms.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā āḷaviyaṁ viharati āḷavakassa yakkhassa bhavane. At one time the Buddha was staying near Āḷavī in the haunt of the native spirit Āḷavaka.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā gayāyaṁ viharati ṭaṅkitamañce sūcilomassa yakkhassa bhavane. At one time the Buddha was staying near Gayā on the cut-stone ledge in the haunt of Spiky the native spirit.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā āḷaviyaṁ viharati aggāḷave cetiye. At one time the Buddha was staying near Āḷavī, at the Aggāḷava Tree-shrine. Atha kho āyasmā vaṅgīso sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā vaṅgīso bhagavantaṁ etadavoca— Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Vaṅgīsa came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Tameva sabbepi sussūsamānā, It’s all we long to hear. So when asked, sabbepi → sabbe (bj, pts-vp-pli1); sabbe mayaṁ (sya-all)
eka samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. eka → ekaṁ (bj, pts-vp-pli1) "
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu viharati sundarikāya nadiyā tīre. At one time the Buddha was staying in the Kosalan lands on the bank of the Sundarikā river.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā aṅguttarāpesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ aḍḍhateḷasehi bhikkhusatehi yena āpaṇaṁ nāma aṅguttarāpānaṁ nigamo tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Northern Āpaṇas together with a large Saṅgha of 1,250 mendicants when he arrived at a town of the Northern Āpaṇas named Āpaṇa. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena keṇiyassa jaṭilassa assamo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to Keṇiya’s hermitage, where he sat on the seat spread out, together with the Saṅgha of mendicants.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā icchānaṅgale viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe. At one time the Buddha was staying in a forest near Icchānaṅgala. aññamaññaṁ mayaṁ ubho; to convince the other, mayaṁ pucchāma gotamaṁ; the Eye arisen in the world: Liṅgaṁ jātimayaṁ tesaṁ, They’re defined by birth, Liṅgaṁ jātimayaṁ tesaṁ, They’re defined by birth, Liṅgaṁ jātimayaṁ tesaṁ, They’re defined by birth, Liṅgaṁ jātimayaṁ tesaṁ, They’re defined by birth, Liṅgaṁ jātimayaṁ tesaṁ, They’re defined by birth, Liṅgaṁ jātimayaṁ tesaṁ, They’re defined by birth, Liṅgaṁ jātimayaṁ puthu; are defined by birth, Liṅgaṁ jātimayaṁ puthu. are not defined by birth. Liṅgaṁ jātimayaṁ neva, none of these are defined by birth
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha lohamayaṁ pana kumbhiṁ, Next they enter a copper pot,
Gantvāna tattha samayaṁ paripucchamāno, go there and ask about his breakthrough; samayaṁ paripucchamāno → samayaṁ paripucchiyāno (bj, pts-vp-pli1); sayaṁ paripucchamāno (sya-all)
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre bodhirukkhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho. At one time, when he was first awakened, the Buddha was staying in Uruvelā at the root of the tree of awakening on the bank of the Nerañjarā River.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre bodhirukkhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho. At one time, when he was first awakened, the Buddha was staying in Uruvelā at the root of the tree of awakening on the bank of the Nerañjarā River.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre bodhirukkhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho. At one time, when he was first awakened, the Buddha was staying in Uruvelā at the root of the tree of awakening on the bank of the Nerañjarā River.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhe paṭhamābhisambuddho. At one time, when he was first awakened, the Buddha was staying in Uruvelā at the goatherd’s banyan tree on the bank of the Nerañjarā River.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo tāni pañcamattāni devatāsatāni paṭikkhipitvā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi— But Mahākasspa refused those deities. In the morning, he robed up, took his bowl and robe, and entered Rājagaha for alms.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā pāvāyaṁ viharati ajakalāpake cetiye, ajakalāpakassa yakkhassa bhavane. At one time the Buddha was staying in Pāvā at the Ajakalāpaka Tree-shrine, the haunt of the native spirit Ajakalāpaka. pāvāyaṁ → pāṭaliyaṁ (pts-vp-pli1) "
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. assa → assasi (sya-all, mr) Dassanakāmamhā mayaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti. For I want to see him.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre mucalindamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho. At one time, when he was first awakened, the Buddha was staying in Uruvelā at the root of the Mucalinda tree on the bank of the Nerañjarā River. mucalindamūle → muccalindamūle (sya-all) | ti → … siriṁsapa … (bj, sya-all, km, pts-vp-pli1) "
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat, went to the assembly hall, sat down on the seat spread out,
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for alms.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for alms.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Tena mayaṁ allavatthā allakesā idhūpasaṅkamantā divā divassā”ti. That’s why we came here in the middle of the day with wet clothes and hair.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kuṇḍikāyaṁ viharati kuṇḍadhānavane. At one time the Buddha was staying near Kuṇḍiyā in the Kuṇḍadhāna Grove. kuṇḍikāyaṁ → kuṇḍiyāyaṁ (bj, sya-all, pts-vp-pli1) | kuṇḍadhānavane → kuṇḍiṭṭhānavane (sya-all, pts-vp-pli1)
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. “bhagavatā mayaṁ, āvuso, paṇāmitā atthakāmena hitesinā, anukampakena anukampaṁ upādāya. “Out of compassion, reverends, the Buddha dismissed us, wanting what’s best for us. Handa mayaṁ, āvuso, tathā vihāraṁ kappema yathā no viharataṁ bhagavā attamano assā”ti. Come, let us live in such a way that the Buddha would be pleased with us.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo tāni pañcamattāni devatāsatāni paṭikkhipitvā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. But Mahākasspa refused those deities. In the morning, he robed up, took his bowl and robe, and entered Rājagaha for alms.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena karerimaṇḍalamāḷo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the pavilion by the kareri tree, where he sat on the seat spread out
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena maṇḍalamāḷo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He sat down on the seat spread out,
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre bodhirukkhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho. At one time, when he was first awakened, the Buddha was staying in Uruvelā at the root of the tree of awakening on the bank of the Nerañjarā River.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā cālikāyaṁ viharati cālike pabbate. At one time the Buddha was staying near Cālikā, on the Cālikā mountain. Atha kho āyasmā meghiyo pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya jantugāmaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then Meghiya robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Jantu village for alms. “Idhāhaṁ, bhante, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya jantugāmaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ.
Atha kho āyasmā meghiyo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā meghiyo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Meghiya came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and told the Buddha what had happened.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kusinārāyaṁ viharati upavattane mallānaṁ sālavane. At one time the Buddha was staying in the sal forest of the Mallas at Upavattana near Kusinārā.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena yena tassa gopālakassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. The Buddha robed up, took his bowl and robe and, together with the Sangha of monks, went to the house of that cowherd, where he sat down on the prepared seat in the dining hall.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. Mayaṁ panetarahi paṁsupisācakampi na passāmā”ti. Whereas I can’t even see a mud-goblin right now.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambi, in Ghosita’s Monastery. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya kosambiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Kosambī for alms.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁsu. Then several mendicants robed up in the morning and, taking their bowls and robes, entered Sāvatthī for alms.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho āyasmā ānando sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Ānanda came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: paṭisallānā → patisallāṇā (bj)
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for alms. “Evaṁ, bhante, bhāyāma mayaṁ, bhante, dukkhassa, appiyaṁ no dukkhan”ti. “Yes, sir,” they replied. “We dislike pain.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother. ayaṁ → ayampi (sabbattha)
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho āyasmā soṇo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Then in the late afternoon, Soṇa came out of retreat, went up to Mahākaccāna, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what he was thinking. Then Mahākaccāna said, Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya āyasmantaṁ soṇaṁ ajjhesi: Then the Buddha rose at the crack of dawn and addressed Soṇa,
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ānando tadahuposathe pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Now at that time Venerable Ānanda robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Rājagaha for alms. “Idhāhaṁ, bhante, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Vesālī for alms.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bahidvārakoṭṭhake nisinno hoti. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and sat outside the gate. kho → ye ca kho (bj); ye ca te (sya-all); ye nu ke ci kho (pts-vp-pli1); ye te (sn3.11:1 [11. Sattajaṭilasutta]); ye nu kho keci (?)
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁsu. Then several mendicants robed up in the morning and, taking their bowls and robes, entered Sāvatthī for alms.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁsu. Then several mendicants robed up in the morning and, taking their bowls and robes, entered Sāvatthī for alms.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁsu. Then several mendicants robed up in the morning and, taking their bowls and robes, entered Sāvatthī for alms.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁsu. Then several mendicants robed up in the morning and, taking their bowls and robes, entered Rājagaha for alms.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁsu. Then several mendicants robed up in the morning and, taking their bowls and robes, entered Sāvatthī for alms.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for alms.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā mallesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena thūṇaṁ nāma mallānaṁ brāhmaṇagāmo tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Mallas together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants when he arrived at a brahmin town of the Mallas named Thūṇa. thūṇaṁ → thūnaṁ (bj, sya-all, pts-vp-pli1)
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya kosambiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁsu. Then several mendicants robed up in the morning and, taking their bowls and robes, entered Kosambī for alms.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā mallesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena pāvā tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Mallas together with a large Saṅgha when he arrived at Pāvā. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena yena cundassa kammāraputtassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of Cunda together with the mendicant Saṅgha, where he sat on the seat spread out
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā magadhesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena pāṭaligāmo tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Magadhans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants when he arrived at the village of Pāṭali. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena yena sunidhavassakārānaṁ magadhamahāmattānaṁ āvasatho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to their guest house together with the mendicant Saṅgha, where he sat on the seat spread out.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu addhānamaggappaṭipanno hoti āyasmatā nāgasamālena pacchāsamaṇena. At one time the Buddha was traveling along a road in the Kosalan lands with Venerable Nāgasamāla as his second monk. addhānamaggappaṭipanno → addhānamaggapaṭipanno (bj, sya-all, csp1ed, csp2ed)
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā ukkaṭṭhāyaṁ viharati subhagavane sālarājamūle.
vāyaṁ …
viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ …
nibbānaṁ nibbānato abhijānāti;
nibbānaṁ nibbānato abhiññāya nibbānaṁ na maññati, nibbānasmiṁ na maññati, nibbānato na maññati, nibbānaṁ meti na maññati, nibbānaṁ nābhinandati.
Taṁ kissa hetu?
Khayā dosassa, vītadosattā.
Khīṇāsavavasena pañcamanayabhūmiparicchedo niṭṭhito.
subhakiṇhe …
viññātaṁ …
deve …
nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ …
Āpaṁ …pe…
abhibhuṁ …
nānattaṁ … At one time the Buddha was staying near Ukkaṭṭhā, in the Subhaga Forest at the root of a magnificent sal tree.
air …
the dimension of infinite consciousness …
They directly know extinguishment as extinguishment.
Having directly known extinguishment as extinguishment, they do not conceive it to be extinguishment, they do not conceive it in extinguishment, they do not conceive it as extinguishment, they do not conceive that ‘extinguishment is mine’, they do not take pleasure in extinguishment.
Why is that?
Because they’re free of hate due to the ending of hate.
those replete with glory …
the known …
gods …
the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception …
He directly knows water …
the Vanquisher …
diversity …
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Sace mayaṁ na bhuñjissāma, idāni bhagavā appaharite vā chaḍḍessati, appāṇake vā udake opilāpessati. If we don’t eat it he’ll throw it away. Sace mayaṁ na bhuñjissāma, idāni bhagavā appaharite vā chaḍḍessati, appāṇake vā udake opilāpessati. If we don’t eat it he’ll throw it away. “Dūratopi kho mayaṁ, āvuso, āgacchāma āyasmato sāriputtassa santike etassa bhāsitassa atthamaññātuṁ. “Reverend, we would travel a long way to learn the meaning of this statement in the presence of Venerable Sāriputta.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. “Ekamidāhaṁ, āvuso, samayaṁ rājagahe viharāmi giribbaje. “Reverend, at one time I was staying right here in Rājagaha, the Mountainfold. Atha khvāhaṁ, āvuso, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ. Then I robed up in the morning and, taking my bowl and robe, entered Rājagaha for alms.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho āyasmā mahācundo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahācundo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahācunda came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha:
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. “Dūratopi kho mayaṁ, āvuso, āgaccheyyāma āyasmato sāriputtassa santike etassa bhāsitassa atthamaññātuṁ. “Reverend, we would travel a long way to learn the meaning of this statement in the presence of Venerable Sāriputta.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṁ nāma kurūnaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kurus, near the Kuru town named Kammāsadamma.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. ‘atthi kho no, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro dhammā akkhātā ye mayaṁ attani sampassamānā evaṁ vadema— ‘There are four things explained by the Blessed One, who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha. Seeing these things in ourselves we say that: Ime kho no, āvuso, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro dhammā akkhātā ye mayaṁ attani sampassamānā evaṁ vadema— These are the four things.’
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati bahinagare aparapure vanasaṇḍe. At one time the Buddha was staying outside the city of Vesālī in a woodland grove west of the town. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then Venerable Sāriputta robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Vesālī for alms.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. Ekamidāhaṁ, mahānāma, samayaṁ rājagahe viharāmi gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Mahānāma, this one time I was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. Atha khvāhaṁ, mahānāma, sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena isigilipasse kāḷasilā yena te nigaṇṭhā tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā te nigaṇṭhe etadavocaṁ: Then in the late afternoon, I came out of retreat and went to the Black Rock to visit those Jain ascetics. I said to them, yaṁ panettha etarahi kāyena saṁvutā vācāya saṁvutā manasā saṁvutā taṁ āyatiṁ pāpassa kammassa akaraṇaṁ; And when in the present you are restrained in body, speech, and mind, you’re not doing any bad deeds for the future. yaṁ panettha → mayaṁ panettha (mr) " ahuvamheva mayaṁ pubbe na nāhuvamhā’ti? for sure that you existed in the past, and it is not the case that you did not exist?’ akaramheva mayaṁ pubbe pāpakammaṁ na nākaramhā’ti? for sure that you did bad deeds in the past?’ ahuvamheva mayaṁ pubbe na nāhuvamhāti, na jānātha— mn14 akaramheva mayaṁ pubbe pāpakammaṁ na nākaramhāti, na jānātha— mn14 Api ca tiṭṭhatetaṁ, idānipi mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ gotamaṁ pucchāma: But let that be. Now we ask Venerable Gotama:
ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. At one time Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. susumāragire → suṁsumāragire (bj, sya-all, pts1ed)
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya kapilavatthuṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Kapilavatthu for alms. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena nigrodhārāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the Banyan Tree Monastery, sat down on the seat spread out, “idhāhaṁ, bhikkhave, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya kapilavatthuṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ. mn18 Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāmā”ti. Let’s go to him, and ask him about this matter.” Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāmā’ti. mn18 ‘ayaṁ kho āyasmā mahākaccāno satthu ceva saṁvaṇṇito sambhāvito ca viññūnaṁ sabrahmacārīnaṁ, pahoti cāyasmā mahākaccāno imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena uddesassa uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa vitthārena atthaṁ vibhajituṁ, yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāmā’ti. mn18 Atha kho mayaṁ, bhante, yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkamimha; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipucchimha. mn18
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. “ārādhayiṁsu vata me, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ekaṁ samayaṁ cittaṁ. “Mendicants, I used to be satisfied with the mendicants.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā puṇṇo mantāṇiputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā puṇṇena mantāṇiputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Puṇṇa, and exchanged greetings with him. Celaṇḍukena cepi sabrahmacārī āyasmantaṁ puṇṇaṁ mantāṇiputtaṁ muddhanā pariharantā labheyyuṁ dassanāya, labheyyuṁ payirūpāsanāya, tesampi lābhā tesampi suladdhaṁ, amhākampi lābhā amhākampi suladdhaṁ, ye mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ puṇṇaṁ mantāṇiputtaṁ labhāma dassanāya, labhāma payirūpāsanāyā”ti. Even if they only got to see him and pay respects to him by carrying him around on their heads on a roll of cloth, it would still be very fortunate for them! And it’s fortunate for me, so very fortunate, that I get to see the venerable and pay homage to him.” Celaṇḍukena → velaṇḍukena (sya-all); celaṇḍakena (mr); celaṇḍupekena (?) Sace hi mayaṁ jāneyyāma ‘āyasmā sāriputto’ti, ettakampi no nappaṭibhāseyya. If I’d known, I would not have said so much. Celaṇḍukena cepi sabrahmacārī āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ muddhanā pariharantā labheyyuṁ dassanāya, labheyyuṁ payirūpāsanāya, tesampi lābhā tesampi suladdhaṁ, amhākampi lābhā amhākampi suladdhaṁ, ye mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ labhāma dassanāya, labhāma payirūpāsanāyā”ti. Even if they only got to see him and pay respects to him by carrying him around on their heads on a roll of cloth, it would still be very fortunate for them! And it’s fortunate for me, so very fortunate, that I get to see the venerable and pay homage to him.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Yannūna mayaṁ sabbaso nivāpabhojanā paṭivirameyyāma, bhayabhogā paṭiviratā araññāyatanāni ajjhogāhetvā vihareyyāmā’ti. Why don’t we avoid eating the seed altogether? Avoiding dangerous food, we can venture deep into a wilderness region and live there.’ Yannūna mayaṁ sabbaso nivāpabhojanā paṭivirameyyāma, bhayabhogā paṭiviratā araññāyatanāni ajjhogāhetvā vihareyyāmā”ti. mn25 Yannūna mayaṁ amuṁ nivāpaṁ nivuttaṁ nevāpikassa upanissāya āsayaṁ kappeyyāma. Why don’t we set up our lair close by where the sower has sown the seed? Yannūna mayaṁ imaṁ nivāpaṁ nivuttaṁ mahatīhi daṇḍavākarāhi samantā sappadesaṁ anuparivāreyyāma, appeva nāma tatiyānaṁ migajātānaṁ āsayaṁ passeyyāma, yattha te gāhaṁ gaccheyyun’ti. Why don’t we surround the seed on all sides by staking out high nets? Hopefully we might get to see the lair where they go to hide out.’ daṇḍavākarāhi → daṇḍavāgurāhi (sya-all) " Yannūna mayaṁ sabbaso nivāpabhojanā paṭivirameyyāma, bhayabhogā paṭiviratā araññāyatanāni ajjhogāhetvā vihareyyāmā”ti. mn25 Yannūna mayaṁ sabbaso nivāpabhojanā paṭivirameyyāma, bhayabhogā paṭiviratā araññāyatanāni ajjhogāhetvā vihareyyāmā’ti. mn25 Yannūna mayaṁ amuṁ nivāpaṁ nivuttaṁ nevāpikassa upanissāya āsayaṁ kappeyyāma, tatrāsayaṁ kappetvā amuṁ nivāpaṁ nivuttaṁ nevāpikassa ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjissāma, ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjamānā na madaṁ āpajjissāma, amattā samānā na pamādaṁ āpajjissāma, appamattā samānā na yathākāmakaraṇīyā bhavissāma nevāpikassa amusmiṁ nivāpe”ti. mn25 Yannūna mayaṁ imaṁ nivāpaṁ nivuttaṁ mahatīhi daṇḍavākarāhi samantā sappadesaṁ anuparivāreyyāma, appeva nāma tatiyānaṁ migajātānaṁ āsayaṁ passeyyāma, yattha te gāhaṁ gaccheyyun”ti. mn25 Yannūna mayaṁ yattha agati nevāpikassa ca nevāpikaparisāya ca tatrāsayaṁ kappeyyāma, tatrāsayaṁ kappetvā amuṁ nivāpaṁ nivuttaṁ nevāpikassa ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjissāma, ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjamānā na madaṁ āpajjissāma, amattā samānā na pamādaṁ āpajjissāma, appamattā samānā na yathākāmakaraṇīyā bhavissāma nevāpikassa amusmiṁ nivāpe’ti. Why don’t we set up our lair somewhere the sower and his helpers can’t go? Then we can intrude on where the sower has sown the seed and enjoy eating it without being reckless. We won’t become indulgent, then we won’t become negligent, and then the sower won’t be able to do with them what he wants on account of that seed.’ Yannūna mayaṁ imaṁ nivāpaṁ nivuttaṁ mahatīhi daṇḍavākarāhi samantā sappadesaṁ anuparivāreyyāma, appeva nāma catutthānaṁ migajātānaṁ āsayaṁ passeyyāma yattha te gāhaṁ gaccheyyun’ti. Why don’t we surround the seed on all sides by staking out high nets? Hopefully we might get to see the lair where they go to hide out.’ ‘sace kho mayaṁ catutthe migajāte ghaṭṭessāma, te ghaṭṭitā aññe ghaṭṭissanti te ghaṭṭitā aññe ghaṭṭissanti. ‘If we disturb this fourth herd of deer, they’ll disturb others, who in turn will disturb even more. Yannūna mayaṁ catutthe migajāte ajjhupekkheyyāmā’ti. Why don’t we just keep an eye on that fourth herd?’ Yannūna mayaṁ sabbaso nivāpabhojanā lokāmisā paṭivirameyyāma, bhayabhogā paṭiviratā araññāyatanāni ajjhogāhetvā vihareyyāmā’ti. Why don’t we avoid eating the seed and the worldly pleasures of the flesh altogether? Avoiding dangerous food, we can venture deep into a wilderness region and live there.’ Yannūna mayaṁ sabbaso nivāpabhojanā lokāmisā paṭivirameyyāma, bhayabhogā paṭiviratā araññāyatanāni ajjhogāhetvā vihareyyāmā”ti. mn25 Yannūna mayaṁ amuṁ nivāpaṁ nivuttaṁ mārassa amūni ca lokāmisāni upanissāya āsayaṁ kappeyyāma, tatrāsayaṁ kappetvā amuṁ nivāpaṁ nivuttaṁ mārassa amūni ca lokāmisāni ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjissāma, ananupakhajja amucchitā bhojanāni bhuñjamānā na madaṁ āpajjissāma, amattā samānā na pamādaṁ āpajjissāma, appamattā samānā na yathākāmakaraṇīyā bhavissāma mārassa amusmiṁ nivāpe amusmiñca lokāmise’ti. Why don’t we set up our lair close by where Māra has sown the seed and those worldly pleasures of the flesh? Then we can encroach on it and enjoy eating without being reckless. We won’t become indulgent, then we won’t become negligent, and then Māra won’t be able to do what he wants with us on account of that seed and those worldly pleasures of the flesh.’ Yannūna mayaṁ sabbaso nivāpabhojanā lokāmisā paṭivirameyyāma bhayabhogā paṭiviratā araññāyatanāni ajjhogāhetvā vihareyyāmā’ti. mn25 Yannūna mayaṁ sabbaso nivāpabhojanā lokāmisā paṭivirameyyāma, bhayabhogā paṭiviratā araññāyatanāni ajjhogāhetvā vihareyyāmā’ti. mn25 Yannūna mayaṁ amuṁ nivāpaṁ nivuttaṁ mārassa amūni ca lokāmisāni upanissāya āsayaṁ kappeyyāma. mn25 Yannūna mayaṁ yattha agati mārassa ca māraparisāya ca tatrāsayaṁ kappeyyāma. Why don’t we set up our lair where Māra and his assembly can’t go?
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for alms. Sādhu mayaṁ, āvuso ānanda, labheyyāma bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṁ kathaṁ savanāyā”ti. It would be good if we got to hear a Dhamma talk from the Buddha.” Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi: In the late afternoon the Buddha came out of retreat and addressed Ānanda, ye mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ tādisaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ passāma. to see a venerable such as yourself as one of our spiritual companions! ye mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ tādisaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ passāma. to see a venerable such as yourself as one of our spiritual companions! Tathūpamaṁ dhammamayaṁ sumedha, In just the same way, All-seer, so intelligent,
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. ‘imaṁ mayaṁ pañhaṁ samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ upasaṅkamitvā pucchissāma. ‘We’ll approach the ascetic Gotama and ask him this question. Evañce no puṭṭho evaṁ byākarissati, evamassa mayaṁ vādaṁ āropessāma. If he answers like this, we’ll refute him like that; Evañcepi no puṭṭho evaṁ byākarissati, evampissa mayaṁ vādaṁ āropessāmā’ti. and if he answers like that, we’ll refute him like this.’ Te pañhaṁ abhisaṅkharonti ‘imaṁ mayaṁ pañhaṁ samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ upasaṅkamitvā pucchissāma. mn27 Evañce no puṭṭho evaṁ byākarissati, evamassa mayaṁ vādaṁ āropessāma. mn27 Evañcepi no puṭṭho evaṁ byākarissati, evampissa mayaṁ vādaṁ āropessāmā’ti. mn27
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate acirapakkante devadatte. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain, not long after Devadatta had left.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. nātike → nādike (bj, sya-all, pts1ed); ñātike (mr) Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena gosiṅgasālavanadāyo tenupasaṅkami. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to that park. “Khamanīyaṁ, bhagavā, yāpanīyaṁ, bhagavā; na ca mayaṁ, bhante, piṇḍakena kilamāmā”ti. “We’re keeping well, Blessed One, we’re getting by. And we have no trouble getting almsfood.” “Taggha mayaṁ, bhante, samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā aññamaññaṁ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharāmā”ti. “Indeed, sir, we live in harmony like this.” “Evaṁ kho mayaṁ, bhante, samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā aññamaññaṁ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharāmā”ti. “That’s how we live in harmony, appreciating each other, without quarreling, blending like milk and water, and regarding each other with kindly eyes.” “Taggha mayaṁ, bhante, appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharāmā”ti. “Indeed, sir, we live diligently.” Sacassa hoti avisayhaṁ, hatthavikārena dutiyaṁ āmantetvā hatthavilaṅghakena upaṭṭhāpema, na tveva mayaṁ, bhante, tappaccayā vācaṁ bhindāma. If he can’t do it, he summons another with a wave of the hand, and they set it up by lending each other a hand to lift. But we don’t break into speech for that reason. Pañcāhikaṁ kho pana mayaṁ, bhante, sabbarattikaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sannisīdāma. And every five days we sit together for the whole night and discuss the teachings. Evaṁ kho mayaṁ, bhante, appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharāmā”ti. That’s how we live diligently, keen, and resolute.” Idha mayaṁ, bhante, yāvadeva ākaṅkhāma vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāma. Whenever we want, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, we enter and remain in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. Idha mayaṁ, bhante, yāvadeva ākaṅkhāma vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ samādhijaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāma. Whenever we want, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, we enter and remain in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. Idha mayaṁ, bhante, yāvadeva ākaṅkhāma pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhakā ca viharāma, satā ca sampajānā, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedema, yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāma. Whenever we want, with the fading away of rapture, we enter and remain in the third absorption, where we meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, personally experiencing the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ Idha mayaṁ, bhante, yāvadeva ākaṅkhāma sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā, pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā, adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāma. Whenever we want, with the giving up of pleasure and pain, and the ending of former happiness and sadness, we enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. Idha mayaṁ, bhante, yāvadeva ākaṅkhāma sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharāma. Whenever we want, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, we enter and remain in the dimension of infinite space. Idha mayaṁ, bhante, yāvadeva ākaṅkhāma sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ upasampajja viharāma …pe… Whenever we want, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, we enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness. … Idha mayaṁ, bhante, yāvadeva ākaṅkhāma sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṁ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ upasampajja viharāma, paññāya ca no disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā. Whenever we want, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, we enter and remain in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, our defilements have come to an end. Imamhā ca mayaṁ, bhante, phāsuvihārā aññaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ uttaritaraṁ vā paṇītataraṁ vā na samanupassāmā”ti. And we don’t see any better or finer way of meditating at ease than this.” “kiṁ nu kho mayaṁ āyasmato anuruddhassa evamārocimha: “Did we ever tell you that we had ‘imāsañca imāsañca vihārasamāpattīnaṁ mayaṁ lābhino’ti, yaṁ no āyasmā anuruddho bhagavato sammukhā yāva āsavānaṁ khayā pakāsetī”ti? gained such and such meditations and attainments, up to the ending of defilements, as you revealed to the Buddha?” ‘imāsañca imāsañca vihārasamāpattīnaṁ mayaṁ lābhino’ti, api ca me āyasmantānaṁ cetasā ceto paricca vidito: gained such meditations and attainments. But I discovered it by comprehending your minds,
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā gosiṅgasālavanadāye viharati sambahulehi abhiññātehi abhiññātehi therehi sāvakehi saddhiṁ— At one time the Buddha was staying in the sal forest park at Gosiṅga, together with several well-known senior disciples, such as Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahākassapo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ etadavoca: Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahākassapa, and said, Tattha dāni mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ revataṁ pucchāma: And now we ask you the same question.” Tattha dāni mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ pucchāma: And now we ask you the same question.” Tattha dāni mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ pucchāma: And now we ask you the same question.” Tattha dāni mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ pucchāma: And now we ask you the same question.” Tattha dāni mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ pucchāma: And now we ask you: So yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati pubbaṇhasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ viharati; In the morning, they abide in whatever meditation or attainment they want. yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati majjhanhikasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā majjhanhikasamayaṁ viharati; At midday, yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati sāyanhasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā sāyanhasamayaṁ viharati. and in the evening, they abide in whatever meditation or attainment they want. So yaññadeva dussayugaṁ ākaṅkheyya pubbaṇhasamayaṁ pārupituṁ, taṁ tadeva dussayugaṁ pubbaṇhasamayaṁ pārupeyya; In the morning, they’d don whatever pair of garments they wanted. yaññadeva dussayugaṁ ākaṅkheyya majjhanhikasamayaṁ pārupituṁ, taṁ tadeva dussayugaṁ majjhanhikasamayaṁ pārupeyya; At midday, yaññadeva dussayugaṁ ākaṅkheyya sāyanhasamayaṁ pārupituṁ, taṁ tadeva dussayugaṁ sāyanhasamayaṁ pārupeyya. and in the evening, they’d don whatever pair of garments they wanted. So yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati pubbaṇhasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ viharati; In the morning, they abide in whatever meditation or attainment they want. yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati majjhanhikasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā majjhanhikasamayaṁ viharati; At midday, yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati sāyanhasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā sāyanhasamayaṁ viharati. and in the evening, they abide in whatever meditation or attainment they want. Tattha dāni mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ revataṁ pucchāma— mn32 Tattha dāni mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ pucchāma …pe… mn32 Tattha dāni mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ pucchāma …pe… mn32 Tattha dāni mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ pucchāma— And now we ask you: So yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati pubbaṇhasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ viharati; mn32 yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati majjhanhikasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā majjhanhikasamayaṁ viharati; mn32 yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati sāyanhasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā sāyanhasamayaṁ viharati. mn32 So yaññadeva dussayugaṁ ākaṅkheyya pubbaṇhasamayaṁ pārupituṁ, taṁ tadeva dussayugaṁ pubbaṇhasamayaṁ pārupeyya; mn32 yaññadeva dussayugaṁ ākaṅkheyya majjhanhikasamayaṁ pārupituṁ, taṁ tadeva dussayugaṁ majjhanhikasamayaṁ pārupeyya; mn32 yaññadeva dussayugaṁ ākaṅkheyya sāyanhasamayaṁ pārupituṁ, taṁ tadeva dussayugaṁ sāyanhasamayaṁ pārupeyya. mn32 So yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati pubbaṇhasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ viharati; mn32 yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati majjhanhikasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā majjhanhikasamayaṁ viharati; mn32 yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati sāyanhasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā sāyanhasamayaṁ viharati. mn32 So yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati pubbaṇhasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ viharati; mn32 yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati majjhanhikasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā majjhanhikasamayaṁ viharati; mn32 yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati sāyanhasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā sāyanhasamayaṁ viharatī”ti. mn32
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vajjīsu viharati ukkacelāyaṁ gaṅgāya nadiyā tīre. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Vajjis near Ukkacelā on the bank of the Ganges river.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. Atha kho āyasmā assaji pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then Venerable Assaji robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Vesālī for alms. “Dussutaṁ vata, bho assaji, assumha ye mayaṁ evaṁvādiṁ samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ assumha. “It’s sad to hear, Master Assaji, that the ascetic Gotama has such a doctrine. Appeva nāma mayaṁ kadāci karahaci tena bhotā gotamena saddhiṁ samāgaccheyyāma, appeva nāma siyā kocideva kathāsallāpo, appeva nāma tasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā viveceyyāmā”ti. Hopefully, some time or other I’ll get to meet Master Gotama, and we can have a discussion. And hopefully I can dissuade him from this harmful misconception.” Dassanakāmā hi mayaṁ taṁ bhavantaṁ gotaman”ti. For we want to see him.” “āgamehi tvaṁ, dummukha, āgamehi tvaṁ, dummukha, (…) na mayaṁ tayā saddhiṁ mantema, idha mayaṁ bhotā gotamena saddhiṁ mantema. “Hold on, Dummukha, hold on! I wasn’t talking with you, I was talking with Master Gotama. (…) → (mukharosi tvaṁ dummukha) (bj, sya-all, km) | āgamehi tvaṁ, dummukha → etthantare pāṭho si potthake “mayameva, bho gotama, dhaṁsī, mayaṁ pagabbā, ye mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ vādena vādaṁ āsādetabbaṁ amaññimha. “Master Gotama, it was rude and impudent of me to imagine I could attack you in debate. Mayameva, bho gotama, dhaṁsī, mayaṁ pagabbā, ye mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ vādena vādaṁ āsādetabbaṁ amaññimha. It was rude and impudent of me to imagine I could attack you in debate. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena saccakassa nigaṇṭhaputtassa ārāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to Saccaka’s park, where he sat on the seat spread out, together with the Saṅgha of mendicants.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ sunivattho hoti pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṁ piṇḍāya pavisitukāmo. Now at that time in the morning the Buddha, being properly dressed, took his bowl and robe, wishing to enter Vesālī for alms. ye mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ tādisaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ passāma. to see a venerable such as yourself as one of our spiritual companions! ye mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ tādisaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ passāma. to see a venerable such as yourself as one of our spiritual companions! Sace kho tvaṁ, mārisa, sabbaso āhārupacchedāya paṭipajjissasi, tassa te mayaṁ dibbaṁ ojaṁ lomakūpehi ajjhohāressāma, tāya tvaṁ yāpessasī’ti. If you do, we’ll infuse divine nectar into your pores and you will live on that.’ ajjhohāressāma → ajjhoharissāma (sya-all, km, pts1ed, mr) Handa ca dāni mayaṁ, bho gotama, gacchāma. Well, now, Master Gotama, I must go. Bahukiccā mayaṁ, bahukaraṇīyā”ti. I have many duties, and much to do.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother. “Mayaṁ kho, mārisa moggallāna, bahukiccā bahukaraṇīyā— “My good Moggallāna, I have many duties, and much to do,
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Assumha kho mayaṁ, bhante, sātissa kira nāma bhikkhuno kevaṭṭaputtassa evarūpaṁ pāpakaṁ diṭṭhigataṁ uppannaṁ: mn38 Atha kho mayaṁ, bhante, yena sāti bhikkhu kevaṭṭaputto tenupasaṅkamimha; upasaṅkamitvā sātiṁ bhikkhuṁ kevaṭṭaputtaṁ etadavocumha: mn38 Atha kho mayaṁ, bhante, sātiṁ bhikkhuṁ kevaṭṭaputtaṁ etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetukāmā samanuyuñjimha samanugāhimha samanubhāsimha: mn38 Yato kho mayaṁ, bhante, nāsakkhimha sātiṁ bhikkhuṁ kevaṭṭaputtaṁ etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetuṁ, atha mayaṁ etamatthaṁ bhagavato ārocemā”ti. mn38 ‘ahesumha nu kho mayaṁ atītamaddhānaṁ, nanu kho ahesumha atītamaddhānaṁ, kiṁ nu kho ahesumha atītamaddhānaṁ, kathaṁ nu kho ahesumha atītamaddhānaṁ, kiṁ hutvā kiṁ ahesumha nu kho mayaṁ atītamaddhānan’”ti? ‘Did we exist in the past? Did we not exist in the past? What were we in the past? How were we in the past? After being what, what did we become in the past?’?” bhavissāma nu kho mayaṁ anāgatamaddhānaṁ, nanu kho bhavissāma anāgatamaddhānaṁ, kiṁ nu kho bhavissāma anāgatamaddhānaṁ, kathaṁ nu kho bhavissāma anāgatamaddhānaṁ, kiṁ hutvā kiṁ bhavissāma nu kho mayaṁ anāgatamaddhānan”ti? ‘Will we exist in the future? Will we not exist in the future? What will we be in the future? How will we be in the future? After being what, what will we become in the future?’?” satthā no garu, satthugāravena ca mayaṁ evaṁ vademā”ti? ‘Our teacher is respected. We speak like this out of respect for our teacher’?” samaṇo evamāha, samaṇā ca nāma mayaṁ evaṁ vademā”ti? ‘Our ascetic says this. We speak like this because it is what he says’?”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā aṅgesu viharati assapuraṁ nāma aṅgānaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Aṅgas, near the Aṅgan town named Assapura. Yesañca mayaṁ cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṁ paribhuñjāma, tesaṁ te kārā amhesu mahapphalā bhavissanti mahānisaṁsā, amhākañcevāyaṁ pabbajjā avañjhā bhavissati saphalā saudrayā’ti. Any robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick that we use will be very fruitful and beneficial for the donor. And our going forth will not be wasted, but will be fruitful and fertile.’
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā aṅgesu viharati assapuraṁ nāma aṅgānaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Aṅgas, near the Aṅgan town named Assapura. yesañca mayaṁ cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṁ paribhuñjāma, tesaṁ te kārā amhesu mahapphalā bhavissanti mahānisaṁsā, amhākañcevāyaṁ pabbajjā avañjhā bhavissati saphalā saudrayā’ti. Any robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick that we use will be very fruitful and beneficial for the donor. And our going forth will not be wasted, but will be fruitful and fertile.’
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena sālā nāma kosalānaṁ brāhmaṇagāmo tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants when he arrived at a village of the Kosalan brahmins named Sālā. “Na kho mayaṁ imassa bhoto gotamassa saṅkhittena bhāsitassa, vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa, vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāma. “We don’t understand the detailed meaning of Master Gotama’s brief statement. Sādhu no bhavaṁ gotamo tathā dhammaṁ desetu, yathā mayaṁ imassa bhoto gotamassa saṅkhittena bhāsitassa, vitthārena atthaṁ avibhattassa, vitthārena atthaṁ ājāneyyāmā”ti. Master Gotama, please teach us this matter in detail so we can understand the meaning.” Ete mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāma dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. We go for refuge to Master Gotama, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita came out of retreat, went to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. “Idāneva kho mayaṁ, āvuso, āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṁ evaṁ ājānāma: “Just now I understood you to say: Idāneva pana mayaṁ, āvuso, āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṁ evaṁ ājānāma: But I also understood you to say:
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. ‘idaṁ kho te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā kāmesu anāgatabhayaṁ sampassamānā kāmānaṁ pahānamāhaṁsu, kāmānaṁ pariññaṁ paññapenti, ime hi mayaṁ kāmahetu kāmanidānaṁ dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayāmā’ti. ‘This is that future danger that those ascetics and brahmins saw. For it is because of sensual pleasures that I’m feeling painful, sharp, severe, acute feelings.’ Ime hi mayaṁ kāmahetu kāmanidānaṁ dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayāmā’ti. mn45
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. “Ekamidāhaṁ, bhikkhave, samayaṁ ukkaṭṭhāyaṁ viharāmi subhagavane sālarājamūle. “At one time, mendicants, I was staying near Ukkaṭṭhā, in the Subhaga Forest at the root of a magnificent sal tree.
ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. At one time Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. Atha kho, pāpima, āyasmā sañjīvo tassā rattiyā accayena tāya samāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā cīvarāni papphoṭetvā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya gāmaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then, when the night had passed, Sañjīva emerged from that attainment, shook out his robes, and, since it was morning, he robed up and entered the village for alms. Atha kho, pāpima, kakusandho bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya āyasmatā vidhurena pacchāsamaṇena gāmaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha Kakusandha robed up in the morning and, taking this bowl and robe, entered the village for alms with Venerable Vidhura as his second monk.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā campāyaṁ viharati gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Campā on the banks of the Gaggarā Lotus Pond together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. Idha mayaṁ, bhante, kāye kāyānupassino viharāma ātāpino sampajānā satimanto, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ; We meditate observing an aspect of the body … Handa ca dāni mayaṁ, bhante, gacchāma; Well, now, sir, I must go. bahukiccā mayaṁ bahukaraṇīyā”ti. I have many duties, and much to do.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando vesāliyaṁ viharati beluvagāmake. At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Vesālī in the little village of Beluva. beluvagāmake → veḷuvagāmake (sya-all, km, mr) Dassanakāmā hi mayaṁ taṁ āyasmantaṁ ānandan”ti. For I want to see him.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā aṅguttarāpesu viharati āpaṇaṁ nāma aṅguttarāpānaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Northern Āpaṇas, near the town of theirs named Āpaṇa. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya āpaṇaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Āpaṇa for alms. bhikkhū pana mayaṁ, bhante, ājānīyeva samāne anājānīyāti amaññimha, ājānīyeva samāne anājānīyabhojanaṁ bhojimha, ājānīyeva samāne anājānīyaṭhāne ṭhapimha; I thought that the mendicants were not thoroughbreds, and I fed them and treated them accordingly, but they actually were thoroughbreds. idāni pana mayaṁ, bhante, aññatitthiye paribbājake anājānīyeva samāne anājānīyāti jānissāma, anājānīyeva samāne anājānīyabhojanaṁ bhojessāma, anājānīyeva samāne anājānīyaṭhāne ṭhapessāma. But now I shall understand that the wanderers following other religions are not actually thoroughbreds, and I will feed them and treat them accordingly. Bhikkhū pana mayaṁ, bhante, ājānīyeva samāne ājānīyāti jānissāma, ājānīyeva samāne ājānīyabhojanaṁ bhojessāma, ājānīyeva samāne ājānīyaṭhāne ṭhapessāma. And I shall understand that the mendicants actually are thoroughbreds, and I will feed them and treat them accordingly.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati jīvakassa komārabhaccassa ambavane. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha in the Mango Grove of Jīvaka Komārabhacca. So tassā rattiyā accayena pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena tassa gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkamati; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdati. When the night has passed, they robe up in the morning, take their bowl and robe, and approach that householder’s home, where they sit on the seat spread out. So tassā rattiyā accayena pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkamati; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdati. When the night has passed, they robe up in the morning, take their bowl and robe, and approach that householder’s home, where they sit on the seat spread out.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṁ viharati pāvārikambavane. At one time the Buddha was staying near Nāḷandā in Pāvārika’s mango grove. “handa ca dāni mayaṁ, bhante, gacchāma, bahukiccā mayaṁ bahukaraṇīyā”ti. He said to the Buddha, “Well, now, sir, I must go. I have many duties, and much to do.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā koliyesu viharati haliddavasanaṁ nāma koliyānaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Koliyans, where they have a town named Haliddavasana.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. Atha kho bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena abhayassa rājakumārassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then when the night had passed, the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to Abhaya’s home, and sat down on the seat spread out.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena sālā nāma kosalānaṁ brāhmaṇagāmo tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants when he arrived at a village of the Kosalan brahmins named Sālā. Santaṁyeva kho pana paraṁ lokaṁ ‘natthi paro loko’ti āha; ye te arahanto paralokaviduno tesamayaṁ paccanīkaṁ karoti. Since there actually is another world, in saying that there is no other world they contradict those perfected ones who know the other world. ‘sace kho natthi paro loko evamayaṁ bhavaṁ purisapuggalo kāyassa bhedā sotthimattānaṁ karissati; ‘If there is no other world, when this individual’s body breaks up they will keep themselves safe. sace kho atthi paro loko, evamayaṁ bhavaṁ purisapuggalo kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjissati. And if there is another world, when their body breaks up, after death, they will be reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. Santaṁyeva kho pana paraṁ lokaṁ ‘atthi paro loko’ti āha; ye te arahanto paralokaviduno tesamayaṁ na paccanīkaṁ karoti. Since there actually is another world, in saying that there is another world they don’t contradict those perfected ones who know the other world. ‘sace kho atthi paro loko, evamayaṁ bhavaṁ purisapuggalo kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissati. ‘If there is another world, when this individual’s body breaks up, after death, they will be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm. Santaṁyeva kho pana kiriyaṁ ‘natthi kiriyā’ti āha, ye te arahanto kiriyavādā tesamayaṁ paccanīkaṁ karoti. Since action actually does have an effect, in saying that action is ineffective they contradict those perfected ones who teach that action is effective. ‘sace kho natthi kiriyā, evamayaṁ bhavaṁ purisapuggalo kāyassa bhedā sotthimattānaṁ karissati; ‘If there is no effective action, when this individual’s body breaks up they will keep themselves safe. sace kho atthi kiriyā evamayaṁ bhavaṁ purisapuggalo kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjissati. And if there is effective action, when their body breaks up, after death, they will be reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. Santaṁyeva kho pana kiriyaṁ ‘atthi kiriyā’ti āha; ye te arahanto kiriyavādā tesamayaṁ na paccanīkaṁ karoti. Since action actually does have an effect, in saying that action is effective they don’t contradict those perfected ones who teach that action is effective. ‘sace kho atthi kiriyā, evamayaṁ bhavaṁ purisapuggalo kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissati. ‘If there is effective action, when this individual’s body breaks up, after death, they will be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm. Santaṁyeva kho pana hetuṁ ‘natthi hetū’ti āha; ye te arahanto hetuvādā tesamayaṁ paccanīkaṁ karoti. Since there actually is causality, in saying that there is no causality they contradict those perfected ones who teach that there is causality. ‘sace kho natthi hetu, evamayaṁ bhavaṁ purisapuggalo kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sotthimattānaṁ karissati; ‘If there is no causality, when this individual’s body breaks up they will keep themselves safe. sace kho atthi hetu, evamayaṁ bhavaṁ purisapuggalo kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjissati. And if there is causality, when their body breaks up, after death, they will be reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. Santaṁyeva kho pana hetuṁ ‘atthi hetū’ti āha, ye te arahanto hetuvādā tesamayaṁ na paccanīkaṁ karoti. Since there actually is causality, in saying that there is causality they don’t contradict those perfected ones who teach that there is causality. Tatra, gahapatayo, viññū puriso iti paṭisañcikkhati: ‘sace kho atthi hetu, evamayaṁ bhavaṁ purisapuggalo kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissati. A sensible person reflects on this matter in this way: ‘If there is causality, when this individual’s body breaks up, after death, they will be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm. ‘natthi sabbaso bhavanirodho’ti, tesamayaṁ diṭṭhi sārāgāya santike, saṁyogāya santike, abhinandanāya santike, ajjhosānāya santike, upādānāya santike. there is no such thing as the total cessation of future lives is close to greed, yoking, relishing, attachment, and grasping. sārāgāya → sarāgāya (sya-all, km) " ‘atthi sabbaso bhavanirodho’ti, tesamayaṁ diṭṭhi asārāgāya santike, asaṁyogāya santike, anabhinandanāya santike, anajjhosānāya santike, anupādānāya santiketi. there is such a thing as the total cessation of future lives is close to non-greed, non-yoking, non-relishing, non-attachment, and non-grasping.’ Ete mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāma dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. We go for refuge to Master Gotama, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena ambalaṭṭhikā yenāyasmā rāhulo tenupasaṅkami. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to Ambalaṭṭhika to see Venerable Rāhula.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for alms. Āyasmāpi kho rāhulo pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya bhagavantaṁ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi. And Venerable Rāhula also robed up and followed behind the Buddha. Atha kho āyasmā rāhulo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā rāhulo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: Then in the late afternoon, Rāhula came out of retreat, went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho āyasmā mālukyaputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mālukyaputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: Then in the late afternoon, Māluṅkya came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and told the Buddha of his thoughts. He then continued:
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Yato ca kho tvaṁ, bhaddāli, accayaṁ accayato disvā yathādhammaṁ paṭikarosi, taṁ te mayaṁ paṭiggaṇhāma. But since you have recognized your mistake for what it is, and have dealt with it properly, I accept it. Sace mayaṁ imaṁ bhikkhuṁ pasayha pasayha kāraṇaṁ karissāma— If we punish him, repeatedly pressuring him— Sace mayaṁ imaṁ bhikkhuṁ pasayha pasayha kāraṇaṁ karissāma— If we punish him, repeatedly pressuring him—
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā aṅguttarāpesu viharati āpaṇaṁ nāma aṅguttarāpānaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Northern Āpaṇas, near the town of theirs named Āpaṇa. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya āpaṇaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Āpaṇa for alms. Āyasmāpi kho udāyī pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya āpaṇaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Venerable Udāyī also robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Āpaṇa for alms. Atha kho āyasmā udāyī sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā udāyī bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: Then in the late afternoon, Udāyī came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: Te mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavati pemañca gāravañca hiriñca ottappañca sampassamānā evaṁ taṁ divāvikālabhojanaṁ pajahimhā. But when we considered our love and respect for the Buddha, and our sense of conscience and prudence, we gave up that meal at the wrong time of day. Te mayaṁ, bhante, sāyañceva bhuñjāma pāto ca. Then we ate in the evening and the morning. Te mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavati pemañca gāravañca hiriñca ottappañca sampassamānā evaṁ taṁ rattiṁvikālabhojanaṁ pajahimhā. But when we considered our love and respect for the Buddha, and our sense of conscience and prudence, we gave up that meal at the wrong time of night.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā cātumāyaṁ viharati āmalakīvane. At one time the Buddha was staying near Cātumā in a myrobalan grove. “Tenahāyasmanto muhuttaṁ nisīdatha, appeva nāma mayaṁ sakkuṇeyyāma bhagavantaṁ pasādetun”ti. “Well then, venerables, sit here for a minute. Hopefully we’ll be able to restore the Buddha’s confidence.” ‘mayaṁ kho pubbe agāriyabhūtā samānā aññe ovadāma, anusāsāma. ‘Formerly, as laypeople, we advised and instructed others. ovadāma, anusāsāma → ovadāmapi anusāsāmapi (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) Tassa evaṁ hoti: ‘mayaṁ kho pubbe agāriyabhūtā samānā yaṁ icchāma taṁ khādāma, yaṁ na icchāma na taṁ khādāma; yaṁ icchāma taṁ bhuñjāma, yaṁ na icchāma na taṁ bhuñjāma; yaṁ icchāma taṁ sāyāma, yaṁ na icchāma na taṁ sāyāma; yaṁ icchāma taṁ pivāma, yaṁ na icchāma na taṁ pivāma; They think: ‘Formerly, as laypeople, we used to eat, consume, taste, and drink what we wanted, not what we didn’t want. pivāma → pipāma (si, pts1ed) So evaṁ pabbajito samāno pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya pavisati. When they’ve gone forth, they robe up in the morning and, taking their bowl and robe, enter a village or town for alms without guarding body, speech, and mind, without establishing mindfulness, and without restraining the sense faculties. ‘mayaṁ kho pubbe agāriyabhūtā samānā pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitā samaṅgībhūtā paricārimhā. ‘Formerly, as laypeople, we amused ourselves, supplied and provided with the five kinds of sensual stimulation. So evaṁ pabbajito samāno pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya pavisati. When they’ve gone forth, they robe up in the morning and, taking their bowl and robe, enter a village or town for alms without guarding body, speech, and mind, without establishing mindfulness, and without restraining the sense faculties.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu viharati naḷakapāne palāsavane. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kosalans near Naḷakapāna in the grove of flame-of-the-forest trees. “Taggha mayaṁ, bhante, abhiratā brahmacariye”ti. “Indeed, sir, we are satisfied with the spiritual life.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kāsīsu cārikaṁ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kāsis together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. “mayaṁ kho, āvuso, sāyañceva bhuñjāma pāto ca divā ca vikāle. “Reverends, we eat in the evening, the morning, and at the wrong time of day. Te mayaṁ sāyañceva bhuñjamānā pāto ca divā ca vikāle appābādhatañca sañjānāma appātaṅkatañca lahuṭṭhānañca balañca phāsuvihārañca. Doing so, we find that we’re healthy and well, nimble, strong, and living comfortably. Te mayaṁ kiṁ sandiṭṭhikaṁ hitvā kālikaṁ anudhāvissāma? Why should we give up what is visible in the present to chase after what takes effect over time? Sāyañceva mayaṁ bhuñjissāma pāto ca divā ca vikāle”ti. We shall eat in the evening, the morning, and at the wrong time of day.” “idha mayaṁ, bhante, yena assajipunabbasukā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkamimha; upasaṅkamitvā assajipunabbasuke bhikkhū etadavocumha: mn70 ‘mayaṁ kho, āvuso, sāyañceva bhuñjāma pāto ca divā ca vikāle. mn70 Te mayaṁ sāyañceva bhuñjamānā pāto ca divā ca vikāle appābādhatañca sañjānāma appātaṅkatañca lahuṭṭhānañca balañca phāsuvihārañca. mn70 Te mayaṁ kiṁ sandiṭṭhikaṁ hitvā kālikaṁ anudhāvissāma? mn70 Sāyañceva mayaṁ bhuñjissāma pāto ca divā ca vikāle’ti. mn70 Yato kho mayaṁ, bhante, nāsakkhimha assajipunabbasuke bhikkhū saññāpetuṁ, atha mayaṁ etamatthaṁ bhagavato ārocemā”ti. mn70 ‘mayaṁ kho panāvuso, sāyañceva bhuñjāma pāto ca divā ca vikāle. ‘Reverends, we eat in the evening, the morning, and at the wrong time of day. Te mayaṁ sāyañceva bhuñjamānā pāto ca divā ca vikāle appābādhatañca sañjānāma appātaṅkatañca lahuṭṭhānañca balañca phāsuvihārañca. Doing so, we find that we’re healthy and well, nimble, strong, and living comfortably. Te mayaṁ kiṁ sandiṭṭhikaṁ hitvā kālikaṁ anudhāvissāma? Why should we give up what is visible in the present to chase after what takes effect over time? Sāyañceva mayaṁ bhuñjissāma pāto ca divā ca vikāle’”ti. We shall eat in the evening, the morning, and at the wrong time of day.’” “Ke ca mayaṁ, bhante, ke ca dhammassa aññātāro”ti? “Sir, who are we to be counted alongside those who understand the teaching?”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Vesālī for alms. “Kathaṁ byākaramānā pana mayaṁ, bhante, vuttavādino ceva bhagavato assāma, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkheyyāma, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākareyyāma, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgaccheyyā”ti? “So how should we answer so as to repeat what the Buddha has said, and not misrepresent him with an untruth? How should we explain in line with his teaching, with no legitimate grounds for rebuke and criticism?”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. “Bhagavantaṁ kho mayaṁ, āvuso, dassanāya gacchāmā”ti. “Reverend, we are going to see the Buddha.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate sūkarakhatāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain in the Boar’s Cave. tesamayaṁ diṭṭhi sārāgāya santike, saññogāya santike, abhinandanāya santike, ajjhosānāya santike, upādānāya santike; is close to greed, bondage, approving, attachment, and grasping. tesamayaṁ diṭṭhi asārāgāya santike, asaññogāya santike, anabhinandanāya santike, anajjhosānāya santike, anupādānāya santike”ti. is far from greed, bondage, approving, attachment, and grasping.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṁ nāma kurūnaṁ nigamo, bhāradvājagottassa brāhmaṇassa agyāgāre tiṇasanthārake. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kurus, near the Kuru town named Kammāsadamma, on a grass mat in the fire chamber of a brahmin of the Bhāradvāja clan. tiṇasanthārake → tiṇasantharake (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya kammāsadhammaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Kammāsadamma for alms. Ye mayaṁ tassa bhoto gotamassa bhūnahuno seyyaṁ addasāmā”ti. to see a bed for Master Gotama, that life-destroyer!” bhūnahuno → bhūnahanassa (sya-all, km) | bhūnahu → bhūnahano (sya-all, km) “Sammukhā cepi mayaṁ, bho bhāradvāja, taṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ passeyyāma, sammukhāpi naṁ vadeyyāma: “Even if I was to see Master Gotama face to face, Mister Bhāradvāja, I would say to his face: Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhāradvājagottassa brāhmaṇassa agyāgāraṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā nisīdi bhagavā paññatte tiṇasanthārake. Coming out of retreat, he went to the brahmin’s fire chamber and sat on the grass mat. “etadeva kho pana mayaṁ bhoto gotamassa ārocetukāmā. “I wanted to mention this very thing to Master Gotama,
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. Atha kho āyasmā ānando sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bhikkhū āmantesi: Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Ānanda came out of retreat and addressed the mendicants: “Tiṭṭhatesā, bho ānanda, kathā yāya mayaṁ etarahi kathāya sannisinnā. “Master Ānanda, leave aside what we were sitting talking about just now. Ubhopi mayaṁ ettha samasamā sāmaññaṁ pattā, yo cāhaṁ na vadāmi ‘ubho kāyassa bhedā ucchijjissāma, vinassissāma, na bhavissāma paraṁ maraṇā’ti. have attained exactly the same level. Yet I’m not one who says that both of us are annihilated and destroyed when our body breaks up, and we don’t exist after death. Ubhopi mayaṁ ettha samasamā sāmaññaṁ pattā, yo cāhaṁ na vadāmi ‘ubhinnaṁ kurutaṁ na karīyati pāpan’ti. have attained exactly the same level. Yet I’m not one who says that when both of us act, nothing wrong is done. Ubhopi mayaṁ ettha samasamā sāmaññaṁ pattā, yo cāhaṁ na vadāmi ‘ubho ahetū appaccayā visujjhissāmā’ti. have attained exactly the same level. Yet I’m not one who says that both of us are purified without cause or reason. Ubhopi mayaṁ ettha samasamā sāmaññaṁ pattā, yo cāhaṁ na vadāmi ‘ubho sandhāvitvā saṁsaritvā dukkhassantaṁ karissāmā’ti. have attained exactly the same level. Yet I’m not one who says that after transmigrating both of us will make an end of suffering.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Rājagaha for alms. “Tiṭṭhatesā, bhante, kathā yāya mayaṁ etarahi kathāya sannisinnā. “Sir, leave aside what we were sitting talking about just now. Yepi samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakā sabrahmacārīhi sampayojetvā sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattanti tepi satthu ceva vaṇṇavādino honti, dhammassa ca vaṇṇavādino honti, saṅghassa ca vaṇṇavādino honti, attagarahinoyeva honti anaññagarahino, “mayamevamhā alakkhikā mayaṁ appapuññā te mayaṁ evaṁ svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajitvā nāsakkhimhā yāvajīvaṁ paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ caritun”ti. Even when a disciple of the ascetic Gotama resigns the training and returns to a lesser life, having been overly attached to their spiritual companions, they speak only praise of the teacher, the teaching, and the Saṅgha. They blame only themselves, not others: “We were unlucky, we had little merit. For even after going forth in such a well explained teaching and training we weren’t able to practice for life the perfectly full and pure spiritual life.” Puna caparaṁ, udāyi, akkhātā mayā sāvakānaṁ paṭipadā, yathāpaṭipannā me sāvakā imamhā kāyā aññaṁ kāyaṁ abhinimminanti rūpiṁ manomayaṁ sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṁ ahīnindriyaṁ. Furthermore, I have explained to my disciples a practice that they use to create from this body another body, consisting of form, mind-made, complete in all its various parts, not deficient in any faculty. Evameva kho, udāyi, akkhātā mayā sāvakānaṁ paṭipadā, yathāpaṭipannā me sāvakā imamhā kāyā aññaṁ kāyaṁ abhinimminanti rūpiṁ manomayaṁ sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṁ ahīnindriyaṁ. In the same way, I have explained to my disciples a practice that they use to create from this body another body, consisting of form, mind-made, complete in all its various parts, not deficient in any faculty.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Rājagaha for alms. “Tiṭṭhatesā, bhante, kathā yāya mayaṁ etarahi kathāya sannisinnā. “Sir, leave aside what we were sitting talking about just now. yo vā rattandhakāratimisāya mahāaggikkhandho, yā vā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ viddhe vigatavalāhake deve osadhitārakā—imesaṁ ubhinnaṁ vaṇṇānaṁ katamo vaṇṇo abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti? Which of these two has a finer splendor: a bonfire in the dark of night, or the Morning Star in a clear and cloudless sky at the crack of dawn?” “Yvāyaṁ, bhante, rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ viddhe vigatavalāhake deve osadhitārakā—ayaṁ imesaṁ ubhinnaṁ vaṇṇānaṁ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti. “The Morning Star in a clear and cloudless sky at the crack of dawn, sir.” yā vā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ viddhe vigatavalāhake deve osadhitārakā, yo vā tadahuposathe pannarase viddhe vigatavalāhake deve abhido aḍḍharattasamayaṁ cando—imesaṁ ubhinnaṁ vaṇṇānaṁ katamo vaṇṇo abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti? Which of these two has a finer splendor: the Morning Star in a clear and cloudless sky at the crack of dawn, or the full moon at midnight in a clear and cloudless sky on the fifteenth day sabbath?” “Yvāyaṁ, bhante, tadahuposathe pannarase viddhe vigatavalāhake deve abhido aḍḍharattasamayaṁ cando—ayaṁ imesaṁ ubhinnaṁ vaṇṇānaṁ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti. “The full moon at midnight in a clear and cloudless sky on the fifteenth day sabbath, sir.” yo vā tadahuposathe pannarase viddhe vigatavalāhake deve abhido aḍḍharattasamayaṁ cando, yo vā vassānaṁ pacchime māse saradasamaye viddhe vigatavalāhake deve abhido majjhanhikasamayaṁ sūriyo—imesaṁ ubhinnaṁ vaṇṇānaṁ katamo vaṇṇo abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti? Which of these two has a finer splendor: the full moon at midnight in a clear and cloudless sky on the fifteenth day sabbath, or the sun at midday in a clear and cloudless sky in the last month of the rainy season?” “Yvāyaṁ, bhante, vassānaṁ pacchime māse saradasamaye viddhe vigatavalāhake deve abhido majjhanhikasamayaṁ sūriyo—ayaṁ imesaṁ ubhinnaṁ vaṇṇānaṁ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti. “The sun at midday in a clear and cloudless sky in the last month of the rainy season, sir.” Te mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā sake ācariyake samanuyuñjīyamānā samanuggāhīyamānā samanubhāsīyamānā rittā tucchā aparaddhā”ti. But when pursued, pressed, and grilled on our own tradition, we turned out to be void, hollow, and mistaken.” Te mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā sake ācariyake samanuyuñjiyamānā samanuggāhiyamānā samanubhāsiyamānā rittā tucchā aparaddhā”ti. But when pursued, pressed, and grilled on our own tradition, we turned out to be void, hollow, and mistaken. aparaddhā”ti → aparaddhāpi (sya-all, km, pts1ed) “ettha mayaṁ anassāma sācariyakā, ettha mayaṁ anassāma sācariyakā. “In that case, we’re lost, and so are our traditional teachings! We’re lost, and so are our traditional teachings! anassāma → panassāma (bj) Na mayaṁ ito bhiyyo uttaritaraṁ pajānāmā”ti. We know nothing higher than this!”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. yo vā rattandhakāratimisāya mahāaggikkhandho, yā vā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ viddhe vigatavalāhake deve osadhitārakā, imesaṁ ubhinnaṁ vaṇṇānaṁ katamo vaṇṇo abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti? Which of these two has a finer splendor: a bonfire in the dark of night, or the Morning Star in a clear and cloudless sky at the crack of dawn?” “Yvāyaṁ, bho gotama, rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ viddhe vigatavalāhake deve osadhitārakā, ayaṁ imesaṁ ubhinnaṁ vaṇṇānaṁ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti. “The Morning Star in a clear and cloudless sky at the crack of dawn.” yā vā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ viddhe vigatavalāhake deve osadhitārakā, yo vā tadahuposathe pannarase viddhe vigatavalāhake deve abhido aḍḍharattasamayaṁ cando, imesaṁ ubhinnaṁ vaṇṇānaṁ katamo vaṇṇo abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti? Which of these two has a finer splendor: the Morning Star in a clear and cloudless sky at the crack of dawn, or the full moon at midnight in a clear and cloudless sky on the fifteenth day sabbath?” “Yvāyaṁ, bho gotama, tadahuposathe pannarase viddhe vigatavalāhake deve abhido aḍḍharattasamayaṁ cando, ayaṁ imesaṁ ubhinnaṁ vaṇṇānaṁ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti. “The full moon at midnight in a clear and cloudless sky on the fifteenth day sabbath.” yo vā tadahuposathe pannarase viddhe vigatavalāhake deve abhido aḍḍharattasamayaṁ cando, yo vā vassānaṁ pacchime māse saradasamaye viddhe vigatavalāhake deve abhido majjhanhikasamayaṁ sūriyo, imesaṁ ubhinnaṁ vaṇṇānaṁ katamo vaṇṇo abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti? Which of these two has a finer splendor: the full moon at midnight in a clear and cloudless sky on the fifteenth day sabbath, or the sun at midday in a clear and cloudless sky in the last month of the rainy season?” “Yvāyaṁ, bho gotama, vassānaṁ pacchime māse saradasamaye viddhe vigatavalāhake deve abhido majjhanhikasamayaṁ sūriyo—ayaṁ imesaṁ ubhinnaṁ vaṇṇānaṁ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā”ti. “The sun at midday in a clear and cloudless sky in the last month of the rainy season.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. Atha kho, ānanda, kassapo bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena kikissa kāsirañño nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena. Then Kassapa Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of King Kikī, where he sat on the seat spread out, together with the Saṅgha of mendicants. Ekamidāhaṁ, mahārāja, samayaṁ vegaḷiṅge nāma gāmanigame viharāmi. This one time, great king, I was staying near the market town of Vebhaliṅga. Atha khvāhaṁ, mahārāja, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena ghaṭikārassa kumbhakārassa mātāpitaro tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā ghaṭikārassa kumbhakārassa mātāpitaro etadavocaṁ: Then I robed up in the morning and, taking my bowl and robe, went to the home of Ghaṭīkāra’s parents, where I said to them, Ekamidāhaṁ, mahārāja, samayaṁ tattheva vegaḷiṅge nāma gāmanigame viharāmi. Another time, great king, I was staying near that same market town of Vebhaliṅga. Atha khvāhaṁ, mahārāja, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena ghaṭikārassa kumbhakārassa mātāpitaro tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā ghaṭikārassa kumbhakārassa mātāpitaro etadavocaṁ: Then I robed up in the morning and, taking my bowl and robe, went to the home of Ghaṭīkāra’s parents, where I said to them, Ekamidāhaṁ, mahārāja, samayaṁ tattheva vegaḷiṅge nāma gāmanigame viharāmi. Another time, great king, I was staying near that same market town of Vebhaliṅga.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kurūsu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena thullakoṭṭhikaṁ nāma kurūnaṁ nigamo tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kurus together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants when he arrived at a town of the Kurus named Thullakoṭṭhita. (…) Maraṇenapi te mayaṁ akāmakā vinā bhavissāma. When you die we will lose you against our wishes. (…) → (ehi tvaṁ tāta raṭṭhapāla bhuñja ca piva ca paricārehi ca, bhuñjanto pivanto paricārento kāme paribhuñjanto puññāni karonto abhiramassu, na taṁ mayaṁ anujānāma agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjāya) sabbattha dissati, sudinnakaṇḍe pana natthi, aṭṭhakathāsupi na Kiṁ pana mayaṁ taṁ jīvantaṁ anujānissāma agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjāyā”ti? So how can we allow you to go forth while you’re still alive?” Maraṇenapi te mayaṁ akāmakā vinā bhavissāma. mn82 Kiṁ pana mayaṁ taṁ jīvantaṁ anujānissāma agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjāyā”ti? mn82 Maraṇenapi te mayaṁ akāmakā vinā bhavissāma. When you die we will lose you against our wishes. Kiṁ pana mayaṁ taṁ jīvantaṁ anujānissāma agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjāya. So how can we allow you to go forth from lay life to homelessness while you’re still living? Na taṁ mayaṁ anujānāma agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjāya. We don’t allow you to go forth. Maraṇenapi te mayaṁ akāmakā vinā bhavissāma. When you die we will lose you against our wishes. Kiṁ pana mayaṁ taṁ jīvantaṁ anujānissāma agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjāyā”ti? So how can we allow you to go forth while you’re still alive?” Maraṇenapi te mayaṁ akāmakā vinā bhavissāma, kiṁ pana mayaṁ taṁ jīvantaṁ anujānissāma agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjāya. mn82 Na taṁ mayaṁ anujānāma agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjāya. mn82 Maraṇenapi te mayaṁ akāmakā vinā bhavissāma. mn82 Kiṁ pana mayaṁ taṁ jīvantaṁ anujānissāma agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjāyā”ti? mn82 Atha kho āyasmā raṭṭhapālo pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya thullakoṭṭhikaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then Raṭṭhapāla robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Thullakoṭṭhita for alms. Anagārā mayaṁ, gahapati. We’re homeless, householder. Atha kho āyasmā raṭṭhapālo pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena sakapitu nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho āyasmato raṭṭhapālassa pitā taṁ hiraññasuvaṇṇassa puñjaṁ vivarāpetvā āyasmantaṁ raṭṭhapālaṁ etadavoca: Then Raṭṭhapāla robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to his father’s home, and sat down on the seat spread out. Raṭṭhapāla’s father, revealing the heap of gold coins and bullion, said to him, “Na kho mayaṁ, bhaginī, accharānaṁ hetu brahmacariyaṁ carāmā”ti. “Sisters, I don’t lead the spiritual life for the sake of nymphs.” Tameva dāni mayaṁ bhavantaṁ raṭṭhapālaṁ payirupāsissāmā”ti. Now I shall pay homage to the Master Raṭṭhapāla.” “Tampi mayaṁ, bho raṭṭhapāla, abhivijiya ajjhāvaseyyāmā”ti. “I would conquer it and dwell there.” “Tampi mayaṁ, bho raṭṭhapāla, abhivijiya ajjhāvaseyyāmā”ti. “I would conquer it and dwell there.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā mithilāyaṁ viharati maghadevaambavane. At one time the Buddha was staying near Mithilā in the Makhādeva Mango Grove. ‘Icchāma mayaṁ, mārisa, nimiṁ rājānaṁ daṭṭhun’ti. ‘We would.’
ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākaccāno madhurāyaṁ viharati gundāvane. At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying near Madhurā, in Gunda’s Grove. madhurāyaṁ → madhurāya (sya-all); mathurāyaṁ (ṭīkā) “Sacepi mayaṁ, bho kaccāna, suṇeyyāma taṁ bhagavantaṁ dasasu yojanesu, dasapi mayaṁ yojanāni gaccheyyāma taṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ. “Master Kaccāna, if I heard that the Buddha was within ten leagues, or twenty, or even up to a hundred leagues away, I’d go a hundred leagues to see him. Sacepi mayaṁ, bho kaccāna, suṇeyyāma taṁ bhagavantaṁ vīsatiyā yojanesu, tiṁsāya yojanesu, cattārīsāya yojanesu, paññāsāya yojanesu, paññāsampi mayaṁ yojanāni gaccheyyāma taṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ. mn84 Yojanasate cepi mayaṁ bho kaccāna, suṇeyyāma taṁ bhagavantaṁ, yojanasatampi mayaṁ gaccheyyāma taṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ. mn84 Yato ca, bho kaccāna, parinibbuto so bhagavā, parinibbutampi mayaṁ bhagavantaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāma dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. But since the Buddha has become fully extinguished, I go for refuge to that fully extinguished Buddha, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena bodhissa rājakumārassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to Prince Bodhi’s home. ye mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ tādisaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ passāma. to see a venerable such as yourself as one of our spiritual companions! ye mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ tādisaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ passāma. to see a venerable such as yourself as one of our spiritual companions! Sace kho tvaṁ, mārisa, sabbaso āhārupacchedāya paṭipajjissasi, tassa te mayaṁ dibbaṁ ojaṁ lomakūpehi ajjhohāressāma, tāya tvaṁ yāpessasī’ti. If you do, we’ll infuse divine nectar into your pores and you will live on that.’ ajjhohāressāma → ajjhoharissāma (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed, mr) Tathūpamaṁ dhammamayaṁ sumedha, In just the same way, All-seer, so intelligent, “Ekamidaṁ, samma sañjikāputta, samayaṁ bhagavā kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme. This one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. Ekamidaṁ, samma sañjikāputta, samayaṁ bhagavā idheva bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. Another time the Buddha was staying here in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for alms. Yañhi mayaṁ, bhante, nāsakkhimhā daṇḍenapi satthenapi dametuṁ so bhagavatā adaṇḍena asattheneva danto. For I was not able to tame him with the rod and the sword, but the Buddha tamed him without rod or sword. asattheneva → asatthena (sya-all, km) Handa ca dāni mayaṁ, bhante, gacchāma; Well, now, sir, I must go. Handa ca dāni → handadāni (sya-all, km, pts1ed) bahukiccā mayaṁ bahukaraṇīyā”ti. I have many duties, and much to do.” Atha kho āyasmā aṅgulimālo pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then Venerable Aṅgulimāla robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for alms. “idhāhaṁ, bhante, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ. mn86 Atha kho āyasmā aṅgulimālo pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then Venerable Aṅgulimāla robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for alms.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho āyasmā ānando pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then Venerable Ānanda robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for alms. Yañhi mayaṁ, bhante, nāsakkhimhā pañhena paripūretuṁ taṁ, bhante, āyasmatā ānandena pañhassa veyyākaraṇena paripūritaṁ. For I couldn’t fully express the question, but Venerable Ānanda’s answer completed it for me. Ye te, bhante, bālā abyattā ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā paresaṁ vaṇṇaṁ vā avaṇṇaṁ vā bhāsanti, na mayaṁ taṁ sārato paccāgacchāma; I don’t believe that praise or criticism of others spoken by incompetent fools, without examining or scrutinizing, is the most important thing. ye pana te, bhante, paṇḍitā viyattā medhāvino anuvicca pariyogāhetvā paresaṁ vaṇṇaṁ vā avaṇṇaṁ vā bhāsanti, mayaṁ taṁ sārato paccāgacchāma. Rather, I believe that praise or criticism of others spoken by competent and intelligent people after examining and scrutinizing is the most important thing. viyattā → byattā (bj); byattā viyattā (sya-all); vyattā (pts1ed) | pana → ye ca kho (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) Iminā ca mayaṁ, bhante, āyasmato ānandassa subhāsitena attamanābhiraddhā. I’m delighted and satisfied with what you’ve expressed so well. Evaṁ attamanābhiraddhā ca mayaṁ, bhante, āyasmato ānandassa subhāsitena. So much so that Sace, bhante, āyasmato ānandassa hatthiratanaṁ kappeyya, hatthiratanampi mayaṁ āyasmato ānandassa dadeyyāma. if an elephant-treasure was suitable for you, I would give you one. Sace, bhante, āyasmato ānandassa assaratanaṁ kappeyya, assaratanampi mayaṁ āyasmato ānandassa dadeyyāma. If a horse-treasure was suitable for you, I would give you one. Sace, bhante, āyasmato ānandassa gāmavaraṁ kappeyya, gāmavarampi mayaṁ āyasmato ānandassa dadeyyāma. If a prize village was suitable for you, I would give you one. “handa ca dāni mayaṁ, bhante ānanda, gacchāma; “Well, now, sir, I must go. bahukiccā mayaṁ bahukaraṇīyā”ti. I have many duties, and much to do.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati medāḷupaṁ nāma sakyānaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near the Sakyan town named Medaḷumpa. medāḷupaṁ → medataḷumpaṁ (bj); metalūpaṁ (si); medaḷupaṁ (sya-all); medaḷumpaṁ (pts1ed) “imāni kho tāni rukkhamūlāni pāsādikāni pasādanīyāni appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni, yattha sudaṁ mayaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ payirupāsāma arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti. “These roots of trees, so impressive and inspiring, are like those where we used to pay homage to the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.” “imāni kho, samma kārāyana, tāni rukkhamūlāni pāsādikāni pasādanīyāni appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni, yattha sudaṁ mayaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ payirupāsāma arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ. “These roots of trees, so impressive and inspiring, are like those where we used to pay homage to the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha. “Tena hi, samma kārāyana, yojehi bhadrāni bhadrāni yānāni, gamissāma mayaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ dassanāya arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti. “Well then, harness the chariots, and we shall go to see the Buddha.” Dassanakāmā hi mayaṁ taṁ bhagavantaṁ arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhan”ti. For I want to see him.” ‘imaṁ mayaṁ pañhaṁ samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ upasaṅkamitvā pucchissāma. ‘We’ll approach the ascetic Gotama and ask him this question. Evañce no puṭṭho evaṁ byākarissati, evamassa mayaṁ vādaṁ āropessāma; If he answers like this, we’ll refute him like that; evañcepi no puṭṭho evaṁ byākarissati, evampissa mayaṁ vādaṁ āropessāmā’ti. and if he answers like that, we’ll refute him like this.’ ‘imaṁ mayaṁ pañhaṁ samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ upasaṅkamitvā pucchissāma. mn89 Evañce no puṭṭho evaṁ byākarissati, evamassa mayaṁ vādaṁ āropessāma; mn89 evañcepi no puṭṭho evaṁ byākarissati, evampissa mayaṁ vādaṁ āropessāmā’ti. mn89 Handa ca dāni mayaṁ, bhante, gacchāma; Well, now, sir, I must go. bahukiccā mayaṁ bahukaraṇīyā”ti. I have many duties, and much to do.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruññāyaṁ viharati kaṇṇakatthale migadāye. At one time the Buddha was staying near Ujuñña, in the deer park at Kaṇṇakatthala. uruññāyaṁ → ujukāyaṁ (bj); udaññāyaṁ (sya-all, km); ujuññāyaṁ (pts1ed) “sabbaññutaṁ mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ apucchimhā, sabbaññutaṁ bhagavā byākāsi; “Sir, I asked you about omniscience, and you answered. Cātuvaṇṇisuddhiṁ mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ apucchimhā, cātuvaṇṇisuddhiṁ bhagavā byākāsi; I asked you about the four classes, Adhideve mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ apucchimhā, adhideve bhagavā byākāsi; about the gods, Adhibrahmānaṁ mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ apucchimhā, adhibrahmānaṁ bhagavā byākāsi; and about Brahmā, and you answered in each case. Yaṁ yadeva ca mayaṁ bhagavantaṁ apucchimhā taṁ tadeva bhagavā byākāsi; Whatever I asked the Buddha about, he answered. Handa ca dāni mayaṁ, bhante, gacchāma; Well, now, sir, I must go. bahukiccā mayaṁ bahukaraṇīyā”ti. I have many duties, and much to do.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā videhesu cārikaṁ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Videhans together with a large Saṅgha of five hundred mendicants. Tathā mayaṁ taṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ vedissāmā”ti. Through you I shall learn about Master Gotama.” Addasāma kho mayaṁ, bho, taṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ gacchantaṁ, addasāma ṭhitaṁ, addasāma antaragharaṁ pavisantaṁ, addasāma antaraghare nisinnaṁ tuṇhībhūtaṁ, addasāma antaraghare bhuñjantaṁ, addasāma bhuttāviṁ nisinnaṁ tuṇhībhūtaṁ, addasāma bhuttāviṁ anumodantaṁ, addasāma ārāmaṁ gacchantaṁ, addasāma ārāmagataṁ nisinnaṁ tuṇhībhūtaṁ, addasāma ārāmagataṁ parisati dhammaṁ desentaṁ. I have seen Master Gotama walking and standing; entering inhabited areas, and sitting and eating there; sitting silently after eating, and expressing appreciation; going to the monastery, sitting silently there, and teaching Dhamma to an assembly there. Appeva nāma mayaṁ kadāci karahaci tena bhotā gotamena samāgaccheyyāma? Appeva nāma siyā kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti. Hopefully, some time or other I’ll get to meet him, and we can have a discussion.” Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena brahmāyussa brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of the brahmin Brahmāyu, where he sat on the seat spread out, together with the Saṅgha of mendicants.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā aṅguttarāpesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ aḍḍhateḷasehi bhikkhusatehi yena āpaṇaṁ nāma aṅguttarāpānaṁ nigamo tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Northern Āpaṇas together with a large Saṅgha of 1,250 mendicants when he arrived at a town of the Northern Āpaṇas named Āpaṇa. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena keṇiyassa jaṭilassa assamo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṁ bhikkhusaṅghena. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to Keṇiya’s hermitage, where he sat on the seat spread out, together with the Saṅgha of mendicants.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho, assalāyana, asito devalo isi kesamassuṁ kappetvā mañjiṭṭhavaṇṇāni dussāni nivāsetvā paṭaliyo upāhanā āruhitvā jātarūpamayaṁ daṇḍaṁ gahetvā sattannaṁ brāhmaṇisīnaṁ patthaṇḍile pāturahosi. So he did up his hair and beard, dressed in magenta robes, put on his boots, grasped a golden staff, and appeared in the courtyard of the seven brahmin seers. paṭaliyo → aṭaliyo (bj, pts1ed); agaliyo (sya-all, km) Imaṁ pana mayaṁ yathā yathā abhisapāma tathā tathā abhirūpataro ceva hoti dassanīyataro ca pāsādikataro cā’ti. But the more we curse this one, the more attractive, good-looking, and lovely he becomes.’ ‘Jānāma mayaṁ, bho— ‘We do know that, sir. ‘Na mayaṁ, bho, jānāma— ‘We don’t know that.’ ‘Evaṁ sante, bho, na mayaṁ jānāma— ‘In that case, sir, we don’t know ke mayaṁ homā’ti. what we are.’
ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā udeno bārāṇasiyaṁ viharati khemiyambavane. At one time Venerable Udena was staying near Varanasi in the Khemiya Mango Grove. “Etadeva kho pana mayaṁ bhoto udenassa āgamayamānā nisīdāma. “I was just waiting for you to sit down. “Idāneva kho pana te, brāhmaṇa, bhāsitaṁ: ‘mayaṁ evaṁ ājānāma— “Just now I understood you to say: “Sacepi mayaṁ, bho udena, suṇeyyāma taṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ dasasu yojanesu, dasapi mayaṁ yojanāni gaccheyyāma taṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ dassanāya arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ. “Master Udena, if I heard that the Buddha was within ten leagues, or twenty, or even up to a hundred leagues away, I’d go a hundred leagues to see him. Sacepi → sace (bj, pts1ed); sace hi (sya-all, km) Sacepi mayaṁ, bho udena, suṇeyyāma taṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ vīsatiyā yojanesu … mn94 paññāsāya yojanesu, paññāsampi mayaṁ yojanāni gaccheyyāma taṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ dassanāya arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ. mn94 Yojanasate cepi mayaṁ, bho udena, suṇeyyāma taṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ, yojanasatampi mayaṁ gaccheyyāma taṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ dassanāya arahantaṁ sammāsambuddhaṁ. mn94 Yojanasate cepi → yojanasatepi (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) " Yato ca kho, bho udena, parinibbuto so bhavaṁ gotamo, parinibbutampi mayaṁ taṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāma dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. But since the Buddha has become fully extinguished, I go for refuge to that fully extinguished Buddha, to the teaching, and to the Saṅgha.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena opāsādaṁ nāma kosalānaṁ brāhmaṇagāmo tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants when he arrived at a village of the Kosalan brahmins named Opāsāda. Tena hi, bho, sabbeva mayaṁ samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ dassanāya upasaṅkamissāmā”ti. Well then, gentlemen, let’s all go to see the ascetic Gotama.” Saccānurakkhaṇaṁ mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ pucchāmā”ti. mn95 ‘idameva saccaṁ, moghamaññan’ti (…). ‘This is the only truth, other ideas are silly.’ (…) → na tveva tāva saccānubodho hoti) (bj); (ettāvatā kho bhāradvāja saccamanurakkhaṇā hoti, ettāvatā saccamanurakkhati, ettāvatā ca mayaṁ saccānurakkhaṇaṁ paññāpema, na tveva tāva saccānubodho hoti) (sya-all, km); (ettāvatā kho bhāradvāja saccānurakkhaṇā hoti, ettāvatā saccamanurakkhati, ettāvatā ca mayaṁ saccānurakkhaṇaṁ paññāpemi, na tveva tāva saccānubodho hoti) (pts1ed) Ettāvatā kho, bhāradvāja, saccānurakkhaṇā hoti, ettāvatā saccamanurakkhati, ettāvatā ca mayaṁ saccānurakkhaṇaṁ paññapema; That’s how the preservation of truth is defined, Bhāradvāja. I describe the preservation of truth as defined in this way. “Ettāvatā, bho gotama, saccānurakkhaṇā hoti, ettāvatā saccamanurakkhati, ettāvatā ca mayaṁ saccānurakkhaṇaṁ pekkhāma. “That’s how the preservation of truth is defined, Master Gotama. We regard the preservation of truth as defined in this way. Saccānubodhaṁ mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ pucchāmā”ti. mn95 Ettāvatā kho, bhāradvāja, saccānubodho hoti, ettāvatā saccamanubujjhati, ettāvatā ca mayaṁ saccānubodhaṁ paññapema; That’s how the awakening to truth is defined, Bhāradvāja. I describe the awakening to truth as defined in this way. “Ettāvatā, bho gotama, saccānubodho hoti, ettāvatā saccamanubujjhati, ettāvatā ca mayaṁ saccānubodhaṁ pekkhāma. “That’s how the awakening to truth is defined, Master Gotama. I regard the awakening to truth as defined in this way. Saccānuppattiṁ mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ pucchāmā”ti. mn95 Ettāvatā kho, bhāradvāja, saccānuppatti hoti, ettāvatā saccamanupāpuṇāti, ettāvatā ca mayaṁ saccānuppattiṁ paññapemā”ti. That’s how the arrival at the truth is defined, Bhāradvāja. I describe the arrival at the truth as defined in this way.” “Ettāvatā, bho gotama, saccānuppatti hoti, ettāvatā saccamanupāpuṇāti, ettāvatā ca mayaṁ saccānuppattiṁ pekkhāma. “That’s how the arrival at the truth is defined, Master Gotama. I regard the arrival at the truth as defined in this way. Saccānuppattiyā bahukāraṁ dhammaṁ mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ pucchāmā”ti. mn95 Padhānassa bahukāraṁ dhammaṁ mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ pucchāmā”ti. mn95 Tulanāya bahukāraṁ dhammaṁ mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ pucchāmā”ti. mn95 Ussāhassa bahukāraṁ dhammaṁ mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ pucchāmā”ti. mn95 Chandassa bahukāraṁ dhammaṁ mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ pucchāmā”ti. mn95 Dhammanijjhānakkhantiyā bahukāraṁ dhammaṁ mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ pucchāmā”ti. mn95 Atthūpaparikkhāya bahukāraṁ dhammaṁ mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ pucchāmā”ti. mn95 Dhammadhāraṇāya bahukāraṁ dhammaṁ mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ pucchāmā”ti. mn95 Dhammassavanassa bahukāraṁ dhammaṁ mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ pucchāmā”ti. mn95 Sotāvadhānassa bahukāraṁ dhammaṁ mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ pucchāmā”ti. mn95 Payirupāsanāya bahukāraṁ dhammaṁ mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ pucchāmā”ti. mn95 Upasaṅkamanassa bahukāraṁ dhammaṁ mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ pucchāmā”ti. mn95 “Saccānurakkhaṇaṁ mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ apucchimha, saccānurakkhaṇaṁ bhavaṁ gotamo byākāsi; “I’ve asked Master Gotama about the preservation of truth, and he has answered me. Saccānubodhaṁ mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ apucchimha, saccānubodhaṁ bhavaṁ gotamo byākāsi; I’ve asked Master Gotama about awakening to the truth, and he has answered me. Saccānuppattiṁ mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ apucchimha, saccānuppattiṁ bhavaṁ gotamo byākāsi; I’ve asked Master Gotama about the arrival at the truth, and he has answered me. Saccānuppattiyā bahukāraṁ dhammaṁ mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ apucchimha, saccānuppattiyā bahukāraṁ dhammaṁ bhavaṁ gotamo byākāsi; I’ve asked Master Gotama about the things that are helpful for the arrival at the truth, and he has answered me. Yaṁyadeva ca mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ apucchimha taṁtadeva bhavaṁ gotamo byākāsi; Whatever I have asked Master Gotama about he has answered me.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. ye mayaṁ dhanañjāniṁ brāhmaṇaṁ pamattaṁ assumha. to hear that Dhanañjāni is negligent. Appeva ca nāma mayaṁ kadāci karahaci dhanañjāninā brāhmaṇena saddhiṁ samāgaccheyyāma, appeva nāma siyā kocideva kathāsallāpo”ti? Hopefully, some time or other I’ll get to meet him, and we can have a discussion.” Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then he robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Rājagaha for alms.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā icchānaṅgale viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe. At one time the Buddha was staying in a forest near Icchānaṅgala. icchānaṅgale → icchānaṅkale (pts1ed) aññamaññaṁ mayaṁ ubho; to convince the other, mayaṁ pucchāma gotamaṁ; the Eye arisen in the world: Liṅgaṁ jātimayaṁ tesaṁ, They’re defined by birth, Liṅgaṁ jātimayaṁ tesaṁ, They’re defined by birth, Liṅgaṁ jātimayaṁ tesaṁ, They’re defined by birth, Liṅgaṁ jātimayaṁ tesaṁ, They’re defined by birth, Liṅgaṁ jātimayaṁ tesaṁ, They’re defined by birth, Liṅgaṁ jātimayaṁ tesaṁ, They’re defined by birth, liṅgaṁ jātimayaṁ puthu; are defined by birth, liṅgaṁ jātimayaṁ puthu. are not defined by birth. Liṅgaṁ jātimayaṁ neva, none of these are defined by birth Ete mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāma dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. We go for refuge to Master Gotama, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. ‘mayaṁ imesaṁ pañcannaṁ dhammānaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā vipākaṁ pavedemā’”ti? ‘We declare the result of these five things after realizing it with our own insight’?” ‘mayaṁ imesaṁ pañcannaṁ dhammānaṁ sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā vipākaṁ pavedemā’ti. ‘We declare the result of these five things after realizing it with our own insight.’ Handa ca dāni mayaṁ, bho gotama, gacchāma; Well, now, Master Gotama, I must go. bahukiccā mayaṁ bahukaraṇīyā”ti. I have many duties, and much to do.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. ye mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ tādisaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ passāma. to see a venerable such as yourself as one of our spiritual companions! ye mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ tādisaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ passāma. to see a venerable such as yourself as one of our spiritual companions! Sace kho tvaṁ, mārisa, sabbaso āhārupacchedāya paṭipajjissasi, tassa te mayaṁ dibbaṁ ojaṁ lomakūpehi ajjhohāressāma. If you do, we’ll infuse divine nectar into your pores and you will live on that.’
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati devadahaṁ nāma sakyānaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near the Sakyan town named Devadaha. ahuvamheva mayaṁ pubbe, na nāhuvamhā’ti? for sure that you existed in the past, and it is not the case that you did not exist?’ akaramheva mayaṁ pubbe pāpakammaṁ, na nākaramhā’ti? for sure that you did bad deeds in the past?’ ahuvamheva mayaṁ pubbe, na nāhuvamhāti, na jānātha— mn101 akaramheva mayaṁ pubbe pāpakammaṁ, na nākaramhāti, na jānātha— mn101 ahuvamheva mayaṁ pubbe, na nāhuvamhāti, jāneyyātha— mn101 akaramheva mayaṁ pubbe pāpakammaṁ, na nākaramhāti, jāneyyātha— mn101 ahuvamheva mayaṁ pubbe, na nāhuvamhāti, jāneyyātha— mn101 akaramheva mayaṁ pubbe pāpakammaṁ, na nākaramhāti, jāneyyātha— mn101 ahuvamheva mayaṁ pubbe, na nāhuvamhāti, na jānātha— mn101 akaramheva mayaṁ pubbe pāpakammaṁ, na nākaramhāti, na jānātha— mn101
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā pisinārāyaṁ viharati baliharaṇe vanasaṇḍe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Kusinārā, in the Forest of Offerings. pisinārāyaṁ → kusinārāyaṁ (bj, sya-all, pts1ed)
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṁ nāma kurūnaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kurus, near the Kuru town named Kammāsadamma.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother. satampi mayaṁ, bho gotama, gaṇāpema, bhiyyopi gaṇāpema. We even make them count up to a hundred.
ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe aciraparinibbute bhagavati. At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. It was not long after the Buddha had become fully extinguished. Atha kho āyasmā ānando pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then Venerable Ānanda robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Rājagaha for alms. ‘ayaṁ vo mamaccayena paṭisaraṇaṁ bhavissatī’ti, yaṁ mayaṁ etarahi paṭipādeyyāmā”ti. mn108 ‘ayaṁ no bhagavato accayena paṭisaraṇaṁ bhavissatī’ti, yaṁ mayaṁ etarahi paṭipādeyyāmā”ti. mn108 “Na kho mayaṁ, brāhmaṇa, appaṭisaraṇā; “We don’t lack a refuge, brahmin, sappaṭisaraṇā mayaṁ, brāhmaṇa; we have a refuge. ayaṁ vo mamaccayena paṭisaraṇaṁ bhavissatīti, yaṁ mayaṁ etarahi paṭipādeyyāmā’ti vadesi; mn108 ayaṁ no bhagavato accayena paṭisaraṇaṁ bhavissatīti, yaṁ mayaṁ etarahi paṭipādeyyāmā’ti— mn108 ‘evaṁ appaṭisaraṇe ca pana, bho ānanda, ko hetu sāmaggiyā’ti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘na kho mayaṁ, brāhmaṇa, appaṭisaraṇā; But you say that the reason for your harmony is that you have sappaṭisaraṇā mayaṁ, brāhmaṇa; mn108 Te mayaṁ tadahuposathe yāvatikā ekaṁ gāmakhettaṁ upanissāya viharāma te sabbe ekajjhaṁ sannipatāma; On the day of the sabbath all of us who live in dependence on one village district gather together as one. Tasmiñce bhaññamāne hoti bhikkhussa āpatti hoti vītikkamo taṁ mayaṁ yathādhammaṁ yathānusiṭṭhaṁ kāremāti. If anyone remembers an offense or transgression while they’re reciting, we make them act in line with the teachings and in line with the instructions. “Natthi kho, brāhmaṇa, ekabhikkhupi yaṁ mayaṁ etarahi sakkaroma garuṁ karoma mānema pūjema; sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharāmā”ti. “There is, brahmin.” ayaṁ vo mamaccayena paṭisaraṇaṁ bhavissatīti yaṁ mayaṁ etarahi paṭipādeyyāmā’ti vadesi; mn108 ayaṁ no bhagavato accayena paṭisaraṇaṁ bhavissatīti yaṁ mayaṁ etarahi paṭipādeyyāmā’ti vadesi; mn108 iti puṭṭho samāno ‘natthi kho, brāhmaṇa, ekabhikkhupi yaṁ mayaṁ etarahi sakkaroma garuṁ karoma mānema pūjema; sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharāmā’ti vadesi. you replied, ‘There is.’ Yasmiṁ no ime dhammā saṁvijjanti taṁ mayaṁ etarahi sakkaroma garuṁ karoma mānema pūjema; sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharāma. We honor anyone in whom these things are found. Yasmiṁ no ime dhammā saṁvijjanti taṁ mayaṁ etarahi sakkaroma garuṁ karoma mānema pūjema; sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharāmā”ti. We honor anyone in whom these things are found, and rely on them.” Ekamidāhaṁ, bho ānanda, samayaṁ so bhavaṁ gotamo vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. This one time, Master Ānanda, Master Gotama was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. Handa ca dāni mayaṁ, bho ānanda, gacchāma; Well, now, Master Ānanda, I must go. bahukiccā mayaṁ bahukaraṇīyā”ti. I have many duties, and much to do.” “yaṁ no mayaṁ bhavantaṁ ānandaṁ apucchimhā taṁ no bhavaṁ ānando na byākāsī”ti. “Master Ānanda, you still haven’t answered my question.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. ye mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ tādisaṁ sabrahmacāriṁ samanupassāmā’”ti. to see a venerable such as yourself as one of our spiritual companions!’” sabrahmacāriṁ samanupassāmā’”ti → brahmacāriṁ passāmāti (bj, pts1ed) "
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde sambahulehi abhiññātehi abhiññātehi therehi sāvakehi saddhiṁ— At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother, together with several well-known senior disciples, such as
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Ayañca hidaṁ tesaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ antarākathā vippakatā hoti, atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. But their conversation was left unfinished. Then the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He sat on the seat spread out
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother. Atha kho āyasmā ānando sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Ānanda came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: “Ekamidaṁ, bhante, samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati nagarakaṁ nāma sakyānaṁ nigamo. “Sir, this one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans where they have a town named Townsville.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya kapilavatthuṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Kapilavatthu for alms. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena ghaṭāya sakkassa vihāro tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to Ghaṭa’s dwelling, where he sat on the seat spread out
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat, went to the assembly hall, sat down on the seat spread out,
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. ‘idāneva kho te, samma, bhāsitaṁ—mayaṁ evaṁ ājānāma— ‘Just now I understood you to say: Idāneva ca pana te bhāsitaṁ mayaṁ evaṁ ājānāma: But now you say:
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. Atha kho āyasmā bhūmijo pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena jayasenassa rājakumārassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then Venerable Bhūmija robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of Prince Jayasena, where he sat on the seat spread out. “idhāhaṁ, bhante, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena jayasenassa rājakumārassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdiṁ. mn126
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho tassā rattiyā accayena pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena pañcakaṅgassa thapatissa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then when the night had passed, Anuruddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to Pañcakaṅga’s home, where he sat on the seat spread out.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya kosambiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Kosambī for alms. “Khamanīyaṁ bhagavā, yāpanīyaṁ bhagavā, na ca mayaṁ, bhante, piṇḍakena kilamāmā”ti. “We’re keeping well, sir; we’re all right. And we’re having no trouble getting almsfood.” “Taggha mayaṁ, bhante, samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā aññamaññaṁ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharāmā”ti. “Indeed, sir, we live in harmony as you say.” Evaṁ kho mayaṁ, bhante, samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā aññamaññaṁ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharāmā”ti. “That’s how we live in harmony, appreciating each other, without quarreling, blending like milk and water, and regarding each other with kindly eyes.” “Taggha mayaṁ, bhante, appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharāmā”ti. “Indeed, sir, we live diligently.” Sacassa hoti avisayhaṁ, hatthavikārena dutiyaṁ āmantetvā hatthavilaṅghakena upaṭṭhāpema, na tveva mayaṁ, bhante, tappaccayā vācaṁ bhindāma. If he can’t do it, he summons another with a wave of the hand, and they set it up by lending each other a hand to lift. But we don’t break into speech for that reason. upaṭṭhāpema → upaṭṭhapema (bj, pts1ed) Pañcāhikaṁ kho pana mayaṁ, bhante, sabbarattiṁ dhammiyā kathāya sannisīdāma. And every five days we sit together for the whole night and discuss the teachings. Evaṁ kho mayaṁ, bhante, appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharāmā”ti. That’s how we live diligently, keen, and resolute.” “Idha mayaṁ, bhante, appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharantā obhāsañceva sañjānāma dassanañca rūpānaṁ. “Well, sir, while meditating diligent, keen, and resolute, we perceive both light and vision of forms.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahataṁ pabbatakūṭānaṁ chāyā sāyanhasamayaṁ pathaviyā olambanti ajjholambanti abhippalambanti; It is like the shadow of a great mountain peak in the evening as it settles down, rests down, and lays down upon the earth. ‘gacchatha, bho, imaṁ purisaṁ pubbaṇhasamayaṁ sattisatena hanathā’ti. ‘Go, my men, and strike this man in the morning with a hundred spears!’ Tamenaṁ pubbaṇhasamayaṁ sattisatena haneyyuṁ. The king’s men did as they were told. Atha rājā majjhanhikasamayaṁ evaṁ vadeyya: Then at midday the king would say, ‘gacchatha, bho, taṁ purisaṁ majjhanhikasamayaṁ sattisatena hanathā’ti. ‘Go, my men, and strike this man in the midday with a hundred spears!’ Tamenaṁ majjhanhikasamayaṁ sattisatena haneyyuṁ. The king’s men did as they were told. Atha rājā sāyanhasamayaṁ evaṁ vadeyya: Then late in the afternoon the king would say, ‘gacchatha, bho, taṁ purisaṁ sāyanhasamayaṁ sattisatena hanathā’ti. ‘Go, my men, and strike this man in the late afternoon with a hundred spears!’ Tamenaṁ sāyanhasamayaṁ sattisatena haneyyuṁ. The king’s men did as they were told. seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahataṁ pabbatakūṭānaṁ chāyā sāyanhasamayaṁ pathaviyā olambanti ajjholambanti abhippalambanti; It is like the shadow of a great mountain peak in the evening as it settles down, rests down, and lays down upon the earth. Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhikkhave, rājā cakkavattī tameva hatthiratanaṁ vīmaṁsamāno pubbaṇhasamayaṁ abhiruhitvā samuddapariyantaṁ pathaviṁ anusaṁyāyitvā tameva rājadhāniṁ paccāgantvā pātarāsamakāsi. Once it so happened that the wheel-turning monarch, testing that same elephant-treasure, mounted him in the morning and traversed the land surrounded by ocean before returning to the royal capital in time for breakfast. Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhikkhave, rājā cakkavattī tameva assaratanaṁ vīmaṁsamāno pubbaṇhasamayaṁ abhiruhitvā samuddapariyantaṁ pathaviṁ anusaṁyāyitvā tameva rājadhāniṁ paccāgantvā pātarāsamakāsi. Once it so happened that the wheel-turning monarch, testing that same horse-treasure, mounted him in the morning and traversed the land surrounded by ocean before returning to the royal capital in time for breakfast. ‘ataramāno, deva, yāhi yathā taṁ mayaṁ cirataraṁ passeyyāmā’ti. ‘Slow down, Your Majesty, so we may see you longer!’
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat, went to the assembly hall, where he sat on the seat spread out,
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati tapodārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha in the Hot Springs Monastery. Atha kho āyasmā samiddhi rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya yena tapodo tenupasaṅkami gattāni parisiñcituṁ. Then Venerable Samiddhi rose at the crack of dawn and went to the hot springs to bathe. tapodo → tapodā (si) “Idhāhaṁ, bhante, rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya yena tapodo tenupasaṅkamiṁ gattāni parisiñcituṁ. mn133 Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāmā”ti. Let’s go to him, and ask him about this matter.” Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāmā’ti. mn133 Yannūna mayaṁ yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkameyyāma; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipuccheyyāmā’ti. mn133 Atha kho mayaṁ, bhante, yenāyasmā mahākaccāno tenupasaṅkamimha; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākaccānaṁ etamatthaṁ paṭipucchimha. mn133
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. “Ekamidaṁ, bhikkhu, samayaṁ bhagavā devesu tāvatiṁsesu viharati pāricchattakamūle paṇḍukambalasilāyaṁ. “This one time, the Buddha was staying among the gods of the Thirty-Three at the root of the Shady Orchid Tree on the stone spread with a cream rug. “Ekamidāhaṁ, bhante, samayaṁ sakkesu viharāmi kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane, anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. “Ettha dāni mayaṁ there bhikkhū kiṁ vakkhāma, yatra hi nāma evaṁnavo bhikkhu satthāraṁ parirakkhitabbaṁ maññissati. “Well now, what are we to say to the senior mendicants, when even such a junior mendicant imagines their Teacher needs defending? nāma evaṁnavo bhikkhu → nāmevaṁ navo bhikkhu (bj); navakena bhikkhunā (mr)
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā magadhesu cārikaṁ caramāno yena rājagahaṁ tadavasari; At one time the Buddha was wandering in the Magadhan lands when he arrived at Rājagaha. Yato ca kho tvaṁ, bhikkhu, accayaṁ accayato disvā yathādhammaṁ paṭikarosi, taṁ te mayaṁ paṭiggaṇhāma. But since you have recognized your mistake for what it is, and have dealt with it properly, I accept it.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṁ viharati isipatane migadāye. At one time the Buddha was staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. ‘aho vata mayaṁ na jātidhammā assāma; na ca vata no jāti āgaccheyyā’ti. ‘Oh, if only we were not liable to be reborn! If only rebirth would not come to us!’ ‘aho vata mayaṁ na sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadhammā assāma; na ca vata no sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā āgaccheyyun’ti. ‘Oh, if only we were not liable to experience sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress! If only sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress would not come to us!’
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahācundo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahācundaṁ etadavoca: Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahācunda and said to him, Yāpetāyasmā channo. Yāpentaṁ mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ channaṁ icchāma. Venerable Channa, keep going! We want you to keep going. Yāpetāyasmā channo. Yāpentaṁ mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ channaṁ icchāmā”ti. Venerable Channa, keep going! We want you to keep going.” “Puccheyyāma mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ channaṁ kañcideva desaṁ, sace āyasmā channo okāsaṁ karoti pañhassa veyyākaraṇāyā”ti. “I’d like to ask you about a certain point, if you’d take the time to answer.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho āyasmā puṇṇo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā puṇṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Puṇṇa came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and said to the Buddha,
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. “Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā nandako bhagavato paṭissutvā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. “Yes, sir,” replied Nandaka. Then, in the morning, he robed up and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for alms. “Ettakenapi mayaṁ, bhante, ayyassa nandakassa attamanā abhiraddhā yaṁ no ayyo nandako pavāretī”ti. “We’re already delighted and satisfied with Venerable Nandaka, since he invites us like this.” abhiraddhā → abhinandāma (sya-all, km) Atha kho āyasmā nandako tassā rattiyā accayena pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. And the next day he went to those nuns, and all unfolded just like the previous day. “Ettakenapi mayaṁ, bhante, ayyassa nandakassa attamanā abhiraddhā yaṁ no ayyo nandako pavāretī”ti. mn146
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for alms.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena nagaravindaṁ nāma kosalānaṁ brāhmaṇānaṁ gāmo tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants when he arrived at a village of the Kosalan brahmins named Nagaravinda. Mayampi hi cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu avītarāgā avītadosā avītamohā, ajjhattaṁ avūpasantacittā, samavisamaṁ carāma kāyena vācāya manasā, tesaṁ no samacariyampi hetaṁ uttari passataṁ. Because we ourselves are not free of these things, but we see that they have a higher good conduct than us. Mayampi hi → mayaṁ hi (?) Ime kho no, āvuso, ākārā, ime anvayā, yena mayaṁ evaṁ vadema— These are the reasons and evidence that you have regarding those venerables that justifies saying, yena mayaṁ → yena mayaṁ āyasmanto (bj, pts1ed); yena mayaṁ āyasmante (sya-all, km) " Ete mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāma dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. We go for refuge to Master Gotama, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhagavā etadavoca: Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him,
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā gajaṅgalāyaṁ viharati suveḷuvane. At one time the Buddha was staying near Kajaṅgalā in a bamboo grove. gajaṅgalāyaṁ → kajaṅgalāyaṁ (bj, pts1ed); kajjaṅgalāyaṁ (sya-all, km) | suveḷuvane → mukheluvane (bj, pts1ed); sukheluvane (si); veḷuvane (sya-all, km)
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s Monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati tapodārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha in the Hot Springs Monastery. Atha kho āyasmā samiddhi rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya yena tapodā tenupasaṅkami gattāni parisiñcituṁ. Then Venerable Samiddhi rose at the crack of dawn and went to the hot springs to bathe. “Idhāhaṁ, bhante, rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya yena tapodā tenupasaṅkamiṁ gattāni parisiñcituṁ. sn1.20
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s Monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s Monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s Monastery. “accayo no, bhante, accagamā yathābālaṁ yathāmūḷhaṁ yathāakusalaṁ, yā mayaṁ bhagavantaṁ āsādetabbaṁ amaññimhā. “We have made a mistake, sir. It was foolish, stupid, and unskillful of us to imagine we could attack the Buddha! yathābālaṁ yathāmūḷhaṁ yathāakusalaṁ → yathābālā yathāmūḷhā yathāakusalā (sya-all, km, pts1ed, pts2ed)
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ mahāvane mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeheva arahantehi; At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, in the Great Wood near Kapilavatthu, together with a large Saṅgha of five hundred mendicants, all of whom were perfected ones. Āgatamha imaṁ dhammasamayaṁ, We’ve come to this righteous congregation
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s Monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ sambahulā bhikkhū, kosalesu viharanti himavantapasse araññakuṭikāya uddhatā unnaḷā capalā mukharā vikiṇṇavācā muṭṭhassatino asampajānā asamāhitā vibbhantacittā pākatindriyā. At one time several mendicants were staying in the Kosalan lands, in a wilderness hut on the slopes of the Himalayas. They were restless, insolent, fickle, scurrilous, loose-tongued, unmindful, lacking situational awareness and immersion, with straying minds and undisciplined faculties.
Seyyathāpi nāma saradasamaye viddhe vigatavalāhake deve rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ osadhitārakā bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca; Suppose that after the rainy season the sky was clear and cloudless. At the crack of dawn, the Morning Star shines and glows and radiates.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pavisiṁsu. Then several mendicants robed up in the morning and, taking their bowls and robes, entered Sāvatthī for alms.
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pavisiṁsu. Then several mendicants robed up in the morning and, taking their bowls and robes, entered Sāvatthī for alms.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito bahidvārakoṭṭhake nisinno hoti. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and sat outside the gate.
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pavisiṁsu. Then several mendicants robed up in the morning and, taking their bowls and robes, entered Sāvatthī for alms.
Ekamidāhaṁ, mahārāja, samayaṁ sakkesu viharāmi nagarakaṁ nāma sakyānaṁ nigamo. “Great king, this one time I was staying in the land of the Sakyans where they have a town named Townsville.
Saṁvijjati kho pana, bhante, imasmiṁ rājakule pahūtaṁ hiraññasuvaṇṇaṁ bhūmigatañceva vehāsaṭṭhañca, yena mayaṁ pahoma āgate paccatthike dhanena upalāpetuṁ. In this royal court there is abundant gold coin and bullion stored in dungeons and towers. Using this wealth we can bribe an approaching enemy.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho. At one time, when he was first awakened, the Buddha was staying in Uruvelā at the root of the goatherd’s banyan tree on the bank of the Nerañjarā River.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho. At one time, when he was first awakened, the Buddha was staying in Uruvelā at the root of the goatherd’s banyan tree on the bank of the Nerañjarā River.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho. At one time, when he was first awakened, the Buddha was staying in Uruvelā at the root of the goatherd’s banyan tree on the bank of the Nerañjarā River.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. Atha kho bhagavā bahudevarattiṁ abbhokāse caṅkamitvā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ pāde pakkhāletvā vihāraṁ pavisitvā He spent much of the night walking mindfully in the open. At the crack of dawn he washed his feet and entered his dwelling.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu viharati ekasālāyaṁ brāhmaṇagāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kosalans near the brahmin village of Ekasālā.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā magadhesu viharati pañcasālāyaṁ brāhmaṇagāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Magadhans near the brahmin village of Pañcasālā. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya pañcasālaṁ brāhmaṇagāmaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Pañcasālā for alms.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu viharati himavantapadese araññakuṭikāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kosalans, in a wilderness hut on the slopes of the Himalayas. himavantapadese → himavantapasse (bj, pts2ed); himavantappadese (sya-all)
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati silāvatiyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans near Silāvatī. “Na kho mayaṁ, brāhmaṇa, sandiṭṭhikaṁ hitvā kālikaṁ anudhāvāma. “Brahmin, that’s not what we’re doing. Kālikañca kho mayaṁ, brāhmaṇa, hitvā sandiṭṭhikaṁ anudhāvāma. We’re giving up what takes effect over time to chase after what is visible in the present. “idha mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato avidūre appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharāma. sn4.21 Atha kho, bhante, aññataro brāhmaṇo mahantena jaṭaṇḍuvena ajinakkhipanivattho jiṇṇo gopānasivaṅko ghurughurupassāsī udumbaradaṇḍaṁ gahetvā yena mayaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā amhe etadavoca: sn4.21 Evaṁ vutte, mayaṁ, bhante, taṁ brāhmaṇaṁ etadavocumha: sn4.21 ‘na kho mayaṁ, brāhmaṇa, sandiṭṭhikaṁ hitvā kālikaṁ anudhāvāma. sn4.21 Kālikañca kho mayaṁ, brāhmaṇa, hitvā sandiṭṭhikaṁ anudhāvāma. sn4.21
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. jīvitaṁ anikāmayaṁ. without concern for his life.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhe. At one time the Buddha was staying in Uruvelā at the goatherd’s banyan tree on the bank of the Nerañjarā River.
Mayaṁ taṁ rāgapāsena, We’ll catch him with the snare of lust, Yannūna mayaṁ ekasataṁ ekasataṁ kumārivaṇṇasataṁ abhinimmineyyāmā”ti. Why don’t we each manifest in the form of a hundred young maidens?” Yannūna mayaṁ ekasataṁ ekasataṁ avijātavaṇṇasataṁ abhinimmineyyāmā”ti. Why don’t we each manifest in the form of a hundred women who have never given birth?” yannūna mayaṁ ekasataṁ ekasataṁ sakiṁ vijātavaṇṇasataṁ abhinimmineyyāmāti. sn4.25 yannūna mayaṁ ekasataṁ ekasataṁ duvijātavaṇṇasataṁ abhinimmineyyāmāti. sn4.25 Yañhi mayaṁ samaṇaṁ vā brāhmaṇaṁ vā avītarāgaṁ iminā upakkamena upakkameyyāma hadayaṁ vāssa phaleyya, uṇhaṁ lohitaṁ vā mukhato uggaccheyya, ummādaṁ vā pāpuṇeyya cittakkhepaṁ vā. For if we had come on to any ascetic or brahmin like this who was not free of lust, his heart would explode, or he’d spew hot blood from his mouth, or he’d go mad and lose his mind.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho āḷavikā bhikkhunī pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the nun Āḷavikā robed up in the morning and, taking her bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for alms.
Atha kho somā bhikkhunī pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the nun Somā robed up in the morning and, taking her bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for alms.
Atha kho kisāgotamī bhikkhunī pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the nun Kisāgotamī robed up in the morning and, taking her bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for alms.
Atha kho vajirā bhikkhunī pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the nun Vajirā robed up in the morning and, taking her bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for alms.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho. At one time, when he was first awakened, the Buddha was staying in Uruvelā at the root of the goatherd’s banyan tree on the bank of the Nerañjarā River. Tathūpamaṁ dhammamayaṁ sumedha, In just the same way, All-seer, so intelligent,
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho. At one time, when he was first awakened, the Buddha was staying in Uruvelā at the root of the goatherd’s banyan tree on the bank of the Nerañjarā River.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho āyasmā brahmadevo pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then Brahmadeva robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for alms.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
“Āgatā kho mayaṁ, mārisa, amha tassa bhagavato santikā arahato sammāsambuddhassa. “Good sir, we’ve come from the presence of the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate acirapakkante devadatte. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain, not long after Devadatta had left.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kusinārāyaṁ viharati upavattane mallānaṁ sālavane antarena yamakasālānaṁ parinibbānasamaye. At one time the Buddha was staying between a pair of sal trees in the sal forest of the Mallas at Upavattana near Kusinārā at the time of his final extinguishment.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. “Evameva kho, brāhmaṇa, yaṁ tvaṁ amhe anakkosante akkosasi, arosente rosesi, abhaṇḍante bhaṇḍasi, taṁ te mayaṁ nappaṭiggaṇhāma. “In the same way, brahmin, when you abuse, harass, and attack us who do not abuse, harass, and attack, we don’t accept it. Te mayaṁ tayā neva sambhuñjāma na vītiharāma. But we neither eat your food nor do we have a reaction to it.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Rājagaha for alms.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu viharati sundarikāya nadiyā tīre. At one time the Buddha was staying in the Kosalan lands on the bank of the Sundarikā river.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kosalans in a certain forest grove.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā magadhesu viharati dakkhiṇāgirismiṁ ekanāḷāyaṁ brāhmaṇagāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Magadhans in the Southern Hills near the brahmin village of Ekanāḷa. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena kasibhāradvājassa brāhmaṇassa kammanto tenupasaṅkami. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to where Bhāradvāja the Farmer was working. “Na kho mayaṁ passāma bhoto gotamassa yugaṁ vā naṅgalaṁ vā phālaṁ vā pācanaṁ vā balībadde vā, atha ca pana bhavaṁ gotamo evamāha: “I don’t see Master Gotama with a yoke or plow or plowshare or goad or oxen, yet he says:
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena udayassa brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of the brahmin Udaya. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena udayassa brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami …pe… The next day … and the day after that … Udaya filled the Buddha’s bowl with rice.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kosalans in a certain forest grove.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kosalans in a certain forest grove.
Atha kho āyasmā ānando pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then Venerable Ānanda robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for alms. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena saṅgāravassa brāhmaṇassa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of the brahmin Saṅgārava, and sat down on the seat spread out.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati khomadussaṁ nāmaṁ sakyānaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, where they have a town named Khomadussa. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya khomadussaṁ nigamaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Khomadussa for alms. Ete mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāma dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. We go for refuge to Master Gotama, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.
ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā vaṅgīso āḷaviyaṁ viharati aggāḷave cetiye āyasmatā nigrodhakappena upajjhāyena saddhiṁ. At one time Venerable Vaṅgīsa was staying near Āḷavī, at the Aggāḷava Tree-shrine, together with his mentor, Venerable Nigrodhakappa.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ …pe… āyasmā vaṅgīso āḷaviyaṁ viharati aggāḷave cetiye āyasmatā nigrodhakappena upajjhāyena saddhiṁ. At one time Venerable Vaṅgīsa was staying near Āḷavī, at the Aggāḷava Tree-shrine, together with his mentor, Venerable Nigrodhakappa.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā vaṅgīso āḷaviyaṁ viharati aggāḷave cetiye āyasmatā nigrodhakappena upajjhāyena saddhiṁ. At one time Venerable Vaṅgīsa was staying near Āḷavī, at the Aggāḷava Tree-shrine, together with his mentor, Venerable Nigrodhakappa.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho āyasmā ānando pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi āyasmatā vaṅgīsena pacchāsamaṇena. Then Venerable Ānanda robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for alms with Venerable Vaṅgīsa as his second monk.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā sāriputto sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeheva arahantehi. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother, together with a large Saṅgha of around five hundred monks, all of whom were perfected ones. “na kho mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavato kiñci garahāma kāyikaṁ vā vācasikaṁ vā. “There is nothing, sir, that you’ve done by way of body or speech that we would criticize.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ aḍḍhatelasehi bhikkhusatehi. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery, together with a large Saṅgha of 1,250 mendicants.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati isigilipasse kāḷasilāyaṁ mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeheva arahantehi. At one time the Buddha was staying on the slopes of Isigili at the Black Rock, together with a large Saṅgha of five hundred mendicants, all of whom were perfected ones.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā campāyaṁ viharati gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi sattahi ca upāsakasatehi sattahi ca upāsikāsatehi anekehi ca devatāsahassehi. At one time the Buddha was staying near Campā on the banks of the Gaggarā Lotus Pond, together with a large Saṅgha of five hundred mendicants, seven hundred male and seven hundred female lay followers, and many thousands of deities.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā vaṅgīso sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time Venerable Vaṅgīsa was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe. At one time one of the mendicants was staying in the land of the Kosalans in a certain forest grove.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe. At one time one of the mendicants was staying in the land of the Kosalans in a certain forest grove.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā kassapagotto kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe. At one time Venerable Kassapagotta was staying in the land of the Kosalans in a certain forest grove.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ sambahulā bhikkhū kosalesu viharanti aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe. At one time several mendicants were staying in the land of the Kosalans in a certain forest grove.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe. At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying in the land of the Kosalans in a certain forest grove.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā anuruddho kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe. At one time Venerable Anuruddha was staying in the land of the Kosalans in a certain forest grove.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā nāgadatto kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe. At one time Venerable Nāgadatta was staying in the land of the Kosalans in a certain forest grove.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe. At one time one of the monks was staying in the land of the Kosalans in a certain forest grove.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ aññataro vajjiputtako bhikkhu vesāliyaṁ viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe. At one time a certain Vajjian mendicant was staying near Vesālī in a certain forest grove. “Ekakā mayaṁ araññe viharāma, “We dwell alone in the wilderness,
Ekaṁ samayaṁ aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe. At one time one of the mendicants was staying in the land of the Kosalans in a certain forest grove.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe. At one time one of the mendicants was staying in the land of the Kosalans in a certain forest grove.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe. At one time one of the mendicants was staying in the land of the Kosalans in a certain forest grove.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ sambahulā bhikkhū kosalesu viharanti aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe uddhatā unnaḷā capalā mukharā vikiṇṇavācā muṭṭhassatino asampajānā asamāhitā vibbhantacittā pākatindriyā. At one time several mendicants were staying in the Kosalan lands in a certain forest grove. They were restless, insolent, fickle, scurrilous, loose-tongued, unmindful, lacking situational awareness and immersion, with straying minds and undisciplined faculties.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu viharati aññatarasmiṁ vanasaṇḍe. At one time one of the mendicants was staying in the land of the Kosalans in a certain forest grove.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati indakūṭe pabbate, indakassa yakkhassa bhavane. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha on Mount Indra’s Peak, the haunt of the native spirit Indaka.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā gayāyaṁ viharati ṭaṅkitamañce sūcilomassa yakkhassa bhavane. At one time the Buddha was staying near Gayā on the cut-stone ledge in the haunt of Spiky the native spirit.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā magadhesu viharati maṇimālike cetiye maṇibhaddassa yakkhassa bhavane. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Magadhans at the Maṇimālika Tree-shrine, the haunt of the native spirit Maṇibhadda.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā anuruddho sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā anuruddho rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya dhammapadāni bhāsati. Now at that time Venerable Anuruddha rose at the crack of dawn and recited passages of the teaching.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati sītavane. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha in the Cool Grove. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya abbhokāse caṅkamati. Now at that time the Buddha had risen at the crack of dawn and was walking mindfully in the open.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā āḷaviyaṁ viharati āḷavakassa yakkhassa bhavane. At one time the Buddha was staying near Āḷavī in the haunt of the native spirit Āḷavaka.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Yannūna mayaṁ sambaraṁ asurindaṁ upasaṅkamitvā abhayadakkhiṇaṁ yāceyyāmā’ti. Why don’t we approach Sambara, lord of titans, and beg him for a pledge of safety.’
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme … At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. …
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Rājagaha for alms. “puccheyyāma mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ kañcideva desaṁ, sace no bhavaṁ gotamo okāsaṁ karoti pañhassa veyyākaraṇāyā”ti. “I’d like to ask Master Gotama about a certain point, if you’d take the time to answer.” kañcideva → kiñcideva (pts1ed, pts2ed, mr) “puccheyyāma mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ kañcideva desaṁ, sace no bhavaṁ gotamo okāsaṁ karoti pañhassa veyyākaraṇāyā”ti. sn12.17 “na kho pana mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ bahudeva pucchitukāmā”ti. “I don’t want to ask much.”
“Avijjānīvaraṇassa, bhikkhave, bālassa taṇhāya sampayuttassa evamayaṁ kāyo samudāgato. “Mendicants, for a fool shrouded by ignorance and fettered by craving, this body has been produced. Avijjānīvaraṇassa, bhikkhave, paṇḍitassa taṇhāya sampayuttassa evamayaṁ kāyo samudāgato. For an astute person shrouded by ignorance and fettered by craving, this body has been produced.
Yesañca mayaṁ paribhuñjāma cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṁ tesaṁ te kārā amhesu mahapphalā bhavissanti mahānisaṁsā’ti— And our use of robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick shall be of great fruit and benefit for those who offered them.’ Yesañca → yesaṁ (bj, sya-all, km); yesaṁ hi (pts1ed, pts2ed, mr) "
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then Venerable Sāriputta robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Rājagaha for alms. Kathaṁ byākaramānā ca mayaṁ vuttavādino ceva samaṇassa gotamassa assāma, na ca samaṇaṁ gotamaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkheyyāma, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākareyyāma, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgaccheyyā”ti? How should we answer so as to repeat what the ascetic Gotama has said, and not misrepresent him with an untruth? How should we explain in line with his teaching, with no legitimate grounds for rebuke and criticism?” Ekamidāhaṁ, ānanda, samayaṁ idheva rājagahe viharāmi veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Ānanda, this one time I was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. Atha khvāhaṁ, ānanda, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ. Then I robed up in the morning and, taking my bowl and robe, entered Rājagaha for alms. Kathaṁ byākaramānā ca mayaṁ vuttavādino ceva āyasmato gotamassa assāma, na ca āyasmantaṁ gotamaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkheyyāma, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākareyyāma, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgaccheyyā’ti? sn12.24
Atha kho āyasmā bhūmijo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Bhūmija came out of retreat, went to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. kathaṁ byākaramānā ca mayaṁ vuttavādino ceva bhagavato assāma, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkheyyāma, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākareyyāma, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgaccheyyā”ti? How should we answer so as to repeat what the Buddha has said, and not misrepresent him with an untruth? How should we explain in line with his teaching, with no legitimate grounds for rebuke and criticism?”
Idha no, bhante, bhagavā kiṁvādī kimakkhāyī kathaṁ byākaramānā ca mayaṁ vuttavādino ceva bhagavato assāma, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkheyyāma, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākareyyāma, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgaccheyyā”ti? What does the Buddha say about this? How does he explain it? How should we answer so as to repeat what the Buddha has said, and not misrepresent him with an untruth? How should we explain in line with his teaching, with no legitimate grounds for rebuke and criticism?”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṁ nāma kurūnaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kurus, near the Kuru town named Kammāsadamma. Etassa, ānanda, dhammassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamayaṁ pajā tantākulakajātā kulagaṇṭhikajātā muñjapabbajabhūtā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ saṁsāraṁ nātivattati. It is because of not understanding and not penetrating this teaching that this population has become tangled like string, knotted like a ball of thread, and matted like rushes and reeds, and it doesn’t escape the places of loss, the bad places, the underworld, transmigration. kulagaṇṭhikajātā → guḷāguṇṭhikajātā (bj); guḷīguṇṭhikajātā (sya-all, km); guḷigandhikajātā (pts1ed, pts2ed) | muñjapabbajabhūtā → muñjababbajabhūtā (bj) "
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme … At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. …
Yannūna mayaṁ imaṁ ekaputtakaṁ piyaṁ manāpaṁ vadhitvā vallūrañca soṇḍikañca karitvā puttamaṁsāni khādantā evaṁ taṁ kantārāvasesaṁ nitthareyyāma, mā sabbeva tayo vinassimhā’ti. Why don’t we kill our only child, so dear and beloved, and prepare dried and spiced meat? Then we can make it across the desert by eating our child’s flesh. Let not all three perish.’ ‘gacchatha, bho, imaṁ purisaṁ pubbaṇhasamayaṁ sattisatena hanathā’ti. ‘Go, my men, and strike this man in the morning with a hundred spears!’ Tamenaṁ pubbaṇhasamayaṁ sattisatena haneyyuṁ. The king’s men did as they were told. Atha rājā majjhanhikasamayaṁ evaṁ vadeyya: Then at midday the king would say: ‘gacchatha, bho, taṁ purisaṁ majjhanhikasamayaṁ sattisatena hanathā’ti. ‘Go, my men, and strike this man in the middle of the day with a hundred spears!’ Tamenaṁ majjhanhikasamayaṁ sattisatena haneyyuṁ. The king’s men did as they were told. Atha rājā sāyanhasamayaṁ evaṁ vadeyya: Then late in the afternoon the king would say: ‘gacchatha, bho, taṁ purisaṁ sāyanhasamayaṁ sattisatena hanathā’ti. ‘Go, my men, and strike this man in the late afternoon with a hundred spears!’ Tamenaṁ sāyanhasamayaṁ sattisatena haneyyuṁ. The king’s men did as they were told.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṁ nāma kurūnaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kurus, near the Kuru town named Kammāsadamma.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahākoṭṭhiko bārāṇasiyaṁ viharanti isipatane migadāye. At one time Venerable Sāriputta and Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita were staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. mahākoṭṭhiko → mahākoṭṭhito (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed, pts2ed) " Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita came out of retreat, went to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him. “Idāneva kho mayaṁ āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṁ evaṁ ājānāma: “Just now I understood you to say: Idāneva ca pana mayaṁ āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṁ evaṁ ājānāma: But I also understood you to say: Idañca pana mayaṁ āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṁ imehi chattiṁsāya vatthūhi anumodāma: And we can express our agreement with Venerable Sāriputta’s statement on these thirty-six grounds.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca musilo āyasmā ca paviṭṭho āyasmā ca nārado āyasmā ca ānando kosambiyaṁ viharanti ghositārāme. At one time the venerables Musīla, Saviṭṭha, Nārada, and Ānanda were staying near Kosambī in Ghosita’s monastery. musilo → mūsīlo (bj); musīlo (pts1ed, pts2ed) | paviṭṭho → saviṭṭho (bj, pts1ed, pts2ed)
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. Taṁ mayaṁ dhammaṁ pariyāpuṇitvā gihīnaṁ bhāsissāma. When we’ve memorized it we’ll recite it to the laity. “Paññāvimuttā kho mayaṁ, āvuso susimā”ti. “Reverend Susīma, we are freed by wisdom.” Yato ca kho tvaṁ, susima, accayaṁ accayato disvā yathādhammaṁ paṭikarosi taṁ te mayaṁ paṭiggaṇhāma. But since you have recognized your mistake for what it is, and have dealt with it properly, I accept it.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme … At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. …
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
“Yathā kho mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāma, etadeva, bhante, bahutaraṁ yaṁ no iminā dīghena addhunā sandhāvataṁ saṁsarataṁ amanāpasampayogā manāpavippayogā kandantānaṁ rodantānaṁ assu passannaṁ paggharitaṁ, na tveva catūsu mahāsamuddesu udakan”ti. “As we understand the Buddha’s teaching, the flow of tears we’ve shed while roaming and transmigrating is more than the water in the four oceans.”
“Yathā kho mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāma, etadeva, bhante, bahutaraṁ yaṁ no iminā dīghena addhunā sandhāvataṁ saṁsarataṁ mātuthaññaṁ pītaṁ, na tveva catūsu mahāsamuddesu udakan”ti. “As we understand the Buddha’s teaching, the mother’s milk we’ve drunk while roaming and transmigrating is more than the water in the four oceans.”
“Yathā kho mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṁ desitaṁ ājānāma, etadeva, bhante, bahutaraṁ, yaṁ no iminā dīghena addhunā sandhāvataṁ saṁsarataṁ sīsacchinnānaṁ lohitaṁ passannaṁ paggharitaṁ, na tveva catūsu mahāsamuddesu udakan”ti. “As we understand the Buddha’s teaching, the flow of blood we’ve shed when our head was chopped off while roaming and transmigrating is more than the water in the four oceans.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca mahākassapo āyasmā ca sāriputto bārāṇasiyaṁ viharanti isipatane migadāye. At one time Venerable Mahākassapa and Venerable Sāriputta were staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahākassapo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahākassapena saddhiṁ sammodi. Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahākassapa, and exchanged greetings with him.
“accayo no, bhante, accagamā, yathābāle yathāmūḷhe yathāakusale, ye mayaṁ evaṁ svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajitā samānā aññamaññaṁ sutena accāvadimha: “We have made a mistake, sir. It was foolish, stupid, and unskillful of us in that after going forth in such a well explained teaching and training we competed in studies to yathābāle yathāmūḷhe yathāakusale → yathā bāle yathā mūḷhe yathā akusale (bj, pts1ed, pts2ed); yathābālaṁ yathāmūḷhaṁ yathāakusalaṁ (?) Yato ca kho tumhe, bhikkhave, accayaṁ accayato disvā yathādhammaṁ paṭikarotha, taṁ vo mayaṁ paṭiggaṇhāma. But since you have recognized your mistake for what it is, and have dealt with it properly, I accept it. taṁ vo mayaṁ → mayaṁ accayaṁ (bj, sya-all) "
ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākassapo sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time Venerable Mahākassapa was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho āyasmā ānando pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yenāyasmā mahākassapo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ etadavoca: Then Venerable Ānanda robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to Mahākassapa and said, Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya āyasmatā ānandena pacchāsamaṇena yena aññataro bhikkhunupassayo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then Venerable Mahākassapa robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went with Venerable Ānanda as his second monk to one of the nuns’ quarters, where he sat on the seat spread out.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākassapo rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time Venerable Mahākassapa was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. Atha ca pana mayaṁ ajjāpi āyasmato mahākassapassa kumārakavādā na muccāmā”ti. I still can’t escape being called a boy by Venerable Mahākassapa.”
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca mahākassapo āyasmā ca sāriputto bārāṇasiyaṁ viharanti isipatane migadāye. At one time Venerable Mahākassapa and Venerable Sāriputta were staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahākassapo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahākassapena saddhiṁ sammodi. Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahākassapa, and exchanged greetings with him.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Evameva kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhikkhu lābhasakkārasilokena abhibhūto pariyādiṇṇacitto pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya pavisati. In the same way, take a certain mendicant whose mind is overcome and overwhelmed by possessions, honor, and popularity. They robe up in the morning and, taking their bowl and robe, enter the village or town for alms.
Evameva kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhikkhu lābhasakkārasilokena abhibhūto pariyādiṇṇacitto pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya pavisati. In the same way, take a certain mendicant whose mind is overcome and overwhelmed by possessions, honor, and popularity. They robe up in the morning and, taking their bowl and robe, enter the village or town for alms.
Assuttha no tumhe, bhikkhave, rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ jarasiṅgālassa vassamānassā”ti? Mendicants, did you hear an old jackal howling at the crack of dawn?” jarasiṅgālassa → jarasigālassa (bj, sya-all, km); siṅgālassa (pts1ed, pts2ed, mr)
Evameva kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhikkhu lābhasakkārasilokena abhibhūto pariyādiṇṇacitto pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya pavisati arakkhiteneva kāyena arakkhitāya vācāya arakkhitena cittena, anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā, asaṁvutehi indriyehi. In the same way, take a certain monk whose mind is overcome and overwhelmed by possessions, honor, and popularity. He robes up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, enters the village or town for alms without guarding body, speech, and mind, without establishing mindfulness, and without restraining the sense faculties.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate acirapakkante devadatte. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain, not long after Devadatta had left.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yenāyasmā lakkhaṇo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ lakkhaṇaṁ etadavoca: Then Mahāmoggallāna robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to Lakkhaṇa and said to him,
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
“Yo, bhikkhave, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ okkhāsataṁ dānaṁ dadeyya, yo majjhanhikasamayaṁ okkhāsataṁ dānaṁ dadeyya, yo sāyanhasamayaṁ okkhāsataṁ dānaṁ dadeyya, yo vā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ antamaso gadduhanamattampi mettacittaṁ bhāveyya, yo vā majjhanhikasamayaṁ antamaso gadduhanamattampi mettacittaṁ bhāveyya, yo vā sāyanhasamayaṁ antamaso gadduhanamattampi mettacittaṁ bhāveyya, idaṁ tato mahapphalataraṁ. “Mendicants, suppose one person was to give a gift of a hundred pots of rice in the morning, at midday, and in the evening. And someone else was to develop a heart of love, even just as long as it takes to pull a cow’s udder. The latter would be more fruitful. okkhāsataṁ → ukkhāsataṁ (bj, pts1ed, pts2ed) "
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, idha therā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya pavisanti. In the same way, there are senior mendicants who robe up in the morning and, taking their bowl and robe, enter the town or village for alms. Tesaṁyeva kho pana, bhikkhave, therānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ anusikkhamānā navā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya pavisanti. Junior mendicants, following the example of the senior mendicants, robe up in the morning and, taking their bowl and robe, enter the town or village for alms.
Evameva kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhikkhu pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya gāmaṁ vā nigamaṁ vā piṇḍāya pavisati arakkhiteneva kāyena arakkhitāya vācāya arakkhitena cittena, anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā, asaṁvutehi indriyehi. In the same way, take a certain monk who robes up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, enters the village or town for alms without guarding body, speech, and mind, without establishing mindfulness, and without restraining the sense faculties.
“Assuttha no tumhe, bhikkhave, rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ jarasiṅgālassa vassamānassā”ti? “Mendicants, did you hear an old jackal howling at the crack of dawn?”
“Assuttha no tumhe, bhikkhave, rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ jarasiṅgālassa vassamānassā”ti? “Mendicants, did you hear an old jackal howling at the crack of dawn?”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahāmoggallānena saddhiṁ sammodi. Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Moggallāna, and exchanged greetings with him. evameva kho mayaṁ āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa yāvadeva upanikkhepanamattāya. sn21.3 evameva kho mayaṁ āyasmato sāriputtassa yāvadeva upanikkhepanamattāya. sn21.3
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He sat down on the seat spread out,
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. susumāragire → suṁsumāragire (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) “Dūratopi kho mayaṁ, bhante, āgaccheyyāma āyasmato sāriputtassa santike etassa bhāsitassa atthamaññātuṁ. “Sir, we would travel a long way to learn the meaning of this statement in the presence of Venerable Sāriputta.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati devadahaṁ nāma sakyānaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, where they have a town named Devadaha. sakkesu → sakyesu (mr) “icchāma mayaṁ, bhante, pacchābhūmaṁ janapadaṁ gantuṁ, pacchābhūme janapade nivāsaṁ kappetun”ti. “Sir, we wish to go to a western land to take up residence there.” “icchāma mayaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, pacchābhūmaṁ janapadaṁ gantuṁ, pacchābhūme janapade nivāsaṁ kappetuṁ. “Reverend Sāriputta, we wish to go to a western land to take up residence there. “Dūratopi kho mayaṁ, āvuso, āgaccheyyāma āyasmato sāriputtassa santike etassa bhāsitassa atthamaññātuṁ. “Reverend, we would travel a long way to learn the meaning of this statement in the presence of Venerable Sāriputta.
ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākaccāno avantīsu viharati kuraraghare papāte pabbate. At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying in the land of the Avantis near Kuraraghara on Steep Mountain. kuraraghare → kulaghare (mr)
ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākaccāno avantīsu viharati kuraraghare papāte pabbate. At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying in the land of the Avantis near Kuraraghara on Steep Mountain.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
“Sīho, bhikkhave, migarājā sāyanhasamayaṁ āsayā nikkhamati; āsayā nikkhamitvā vijambhati; vijambhitvā samantā catuddisā anuviloketi; samantā catuddisā anuviloketvā tikkhattuṁ sīhanādaṁ nadati; tikkhattuṁ sīhanādaṁ naditvā gocarāya pakkamati. “Mendicants, towards evening the lion, king of beasts, emerges from his den, yawns, looks all around the four quarters, and roars his lion’s roar three times. Then he sets out on the hunt. ‘aniccāva kira, bho, mayaṁ samānā niccamhāti amaññimha. ‘Oh no! It turns out we’re impermanent, though we thought we were permanent! Addhuvāva kira, bho, mayaṁ samānā dhuvamhāti amaññimha. It turns out we don’t last, though we thought we were everlasting! Asassatāva kira, bho, mayaṁ samānā sassatamhāti amaññimha. It turns out we’re short-lived, though we thought we were eternal! aniccā kira bho mayaṁ; It turns out we’re impermanent!’
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. Atha kho bhagavā kismiñcideva pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṁ paṇāmetvā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya kapilavatthuṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha, having dismissed the mendicant Saṅgha for some reason, robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Kapilavatthu for alms. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena nigrodhārāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the Banyan Tree Monastery, where he sat on the seat spread out.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya kosambiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Kosambī for alms. icchāma mayaṁ, āvuso ānanda, bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṁ kathaṁ sotun”ti. We wish to hear a Dhamma talk from the Buddha.”
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother, together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā sāriputto sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā yamako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā yamakena saddhiṁ sammodi …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ yamakaṁ etadavoca: Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Yamaka and exchanged greetings with him. Seated to one side he said to Yamaka:
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. Ekaṁ → evaṁ me sutaṁ. ekaṁ (bj, pts1ed) "
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā assaji tenupasaṅkami. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to Venerable Assaji. ‘no cassu mayaṁ parihāyāmā’ti. ‘May we not decline!’
Ekaṁ samayaṁ sambahulā therā bhikkhū kosambiyaṁ viharanti ghositārāme. At one time several senior mendicants were staying near Kosambi, in Ghosita’s Monastery. Atha kho therā bhikkhū sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhitā āyasmantaṁ dāsakaṁ āmantesuṁ: In the late afternoon those senior mendicants came out of retreat and addressed Venerable Dāsaka, “na kho mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ khemakaṁ vihesāpekhā pucchimha, api cāyasmā khemako pahosi tassa bhagavato sāsanaṁ vitthārena ācikkhituṁ desetuṁ paññāpetuṁ paṭṭhapetuṁ vivarituṁ vibhajituṁ uttānīkātuṁ. “We didn’t want to trouble Venerable Khemaka with our questions. But you’re capable of explaining, teaching, asserting, establishing, clarifying, analyzing, and revealing the Buddha’s instructions in detail. na kho → na kho pana (pts1ed, mr) "
Ekaṁ samayaṁ sambahulā therā bhikkhū bārāṇasiyaṁ viharanti isipatane migadāye. At one time several senior mendicants were staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. Atha kho āyasmā channo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito avāpuraṇaṁ ādāya vihārena vihāraṁ upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū etadavoca: Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Channa came out of retreat. Taking a key, he went from dwelling to dwelling, going up to the senior mendicants and saying, avāpuraṇaṁ → apāpuraṇaṁ (bj, sya-all, km); avāpuranaṁ (pts1ed) “Ekamidāhaṁ, āvuso ānanda, samayaṁ bārāṇasiyaṁ viharāmi isipatane migadāye. sn22.90 Atha khvāhaṁ, āvuso, sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito avāpuraṇaṁ ādāya vihārena vihāraṁ upasaṅkamiṁ; sn22.90 “Ettakenapi mayaṁ āyasmato channassa attamanā api nāma taṁ āyasmā channo āvi akāsi khīlaṁ chindi. “I’m already delighted with Venerable Channa. Hopefully you’ve opened yourself up and cut through your emotional barrenness. taṁ → taṁ (bj, sya-all, km) | chindi → pabhindi (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed)
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā ayujjhāyaṁ viharati gaṅgāya nadiyā tīre. At one time the Buddha was staying near Ayojjhā on the bank of the Ganges river. ayujjhāyaṁ → ayojjhāyaṁ (bj, pts1ed)
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahākoṭṭhiko bārāṇasiyaṁ viharanti isipatane migadāye. At one time Venerable Sāriputta and Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita were staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. mahākoṭṭhiko → mahākoṭṭhito (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) " Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami …pe… etadavoca: Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita came out of retreat, went to Venerable Sāriputta, and said:
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahākoṭṭhiko bārāṇasiyaṁ viharanti isipatane migadāye. At one time Venerable Sāriputta and Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita were staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā …pe… etadavoca: Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita came out of retreat, went to Venerable Sāriputta, bowed, sat down to one side, and said:
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahākoṭṭhiko bārāṇasiyaṁ viharanti isipatane migadāye. At one time Venerable Sāriputta and Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita were staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. … Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca: Mahākoṭṭhita said to Sāriputta:
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahākoṭṭhiko bārāṇasiyaṁ viharanti isipatane migadāye …pe… At one time Venerable Sāriputta and Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita were staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. …
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā sāriputto sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then Venerable Sāriputta robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for alms. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena jetavanaṁ anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmo tenupasaṅkami. Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta came out of retreat and went to Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā sāriputto rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahe piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then he robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Rājagaha for alms.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. ‘mayaṁ kho pubbe kāyena dvayakārino ahumha, vācāya dvayakārino, manasā dvayakārino. ‘In the past we did both kinds of deeds by body, speech, and mind. Te mayaṁ kāyena dvayakārino, vācāya dvayakārino, manasā dvayakārino, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā aṇḍajānaṁ nāgānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapannā. When the body broke up, after death, we were reborn in the company of the egg-born dragons. Sacajja mayaṁ kāyena sucaritaṁ careyyāma, vācāya sucaritaṁ careyyāma, manasā sucaritaṁ careyyāma, evaṁ mayaṁ kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyyāma. If today we do good things by body, speech, and mind, when the body breaks up, after death, we may be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm. Handa mayaṁ etarahi kāyena sucaritaṁ carāma, vācāya sucaritaṁ carāma, manasā sucaritaṁ carāmā’ti. Come, let us do good things by way of body, speech, and mind.’
‘mayaṁ kho pubbe kāyena dvayakārino ahumha, vācāya dvayakārino, manasā dvayakārino. ‘In the past we did both kinds of deeds by body, speech, and mind. Te mayaṁ kāyena dvayakārino, vācāya dvayakārino, manasā dvayakārino, kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā opapātikānaṁ nāgānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapannā. When the body broke up, after death, we were reborn in the company of the spontaneously-born dragons. Sacajja mayaṁ kāyena sucaritaṁ careyyāma, vācāya … manasā sucaritaṁ careyyāma, evaṁ mayaṁ kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyyāma. If today we do good things by body, speech, and mind, when the body breaks up, after death, we may be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm. Handa mayaṁ etarahi kāyena sucaritaṁ carāma, vācāya … manasā sucaritaṁ carāmā’ti. Come, let us do good things by way of body, speech, and mind.’
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme …pe… At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. …
‘yannūna mayaṁ sakāya ratiyā vaseyyāmā’ti, tesaṁ taṁ cetopaṇidhimanvāya sītaṁ hoti. ‘Why don’t we revel in our own kind of enjoyment?’ Then, in accordance with their wish, it becomes cool. ratiyā vaseyyāmā’ti → rameyyāmāti (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) "
‘yannūna mayaṁ sakāya ratiyā vaseyyāmā’ti, tesaṁ taṁ cetopaṇidhimanvāya uṇhaṁ hoti. ‘Why don’t we revel in our own kind of enjoyment?’ Then, in accordance with their wish, it becomes warm.
‘yannūna mayaṁ sakāya ratiyā vaseyyāmā’ti, tesaṁ taṁ cetopaṇidhimanvāya abbhaṁ hoti. ‘Why don’t we revel in our own kind of enjoyment?’ Then, in accordance with their wish, it becomes stormy.
‘yannūna mayaṁ sakāya ratiyā vaseyyāmā’ti, tesaṁ taṁ cetopaṇidhimanvāya vāto hoti. ‘Why don’t we revel in our own kind of enjoyment?’ Then, in accordance with their wish, it becomes windy.
‘yannūna mayaṁ sakāya ratiyā vaseyyāmā’ti, tesaṁ taṁ cetopaṇidhimanvāya devo vassati. ‘Why don’t we revel in our own kind of enjoyment?’ Then, in accordance with their wish, it becomes rainy.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā gayāyaṁ viharati gayāsīse saddhiṁ bhikkhusahassena. At one time the Buddha was staying near Gayā on Gayā Head together with a thousand mendicants.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca upaseno rājagahe viharanti sītavane sappasoṇḍikapabbhāre. At one time the venerables Sāriputta and Upasena were staying near Rājagaha in the Cool Grove, under the Snake’s Hood Grotto. “na kho pana mayaṁ passāma āyasmato upasenassa kāyassa vā aññathattaṁ indriyānaṁ vā vipariṇāmaṁ. “But we don’t see any impairment in your body or deterioration of your faculties.
Evaṁ puṭṭhā mayaṁ, bhante, tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ evaṁ byākaroma: We answer them like this: Kacci mayaṁ, bhante, evaṁ puṭṭhā evaṁ byākaramānā vuttavādino ceva bhagavato homa, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkhāma, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākaroma, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgacchatī”ti? Answering this way, we trust that we repeat what the Buddha has said, and don’t misrepresent him with an untruth. We trust our explanation is in line with the teaching, and that there are no legitimate grounds for rebuke or criticism.”
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahācundo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ mahācundaṁ etadavoca: Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahācunda and said to him, Yāpetāyasmā channo, yāpentaṁ mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ channaṁ icchāma. Venerable Channa, keep going! We want you to keep going. Yāpetāyasmā channo, yāpentaṁ mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ channaṁ icchāmā”ti. Venerable Channa, keep going! We want you to keep going.” “Puccheyyāma mayaṁ āyasmantaṁ channaṁ kañcideva desaṁ, sace āyasmā channo okāsaṁ karoti pañhassa veyyākaraṇāyā”ti. “I’d like to ask Venerable Channa about a certain point, if you’d take the time to answer.” kañcideva → kiñcideva (sya-all, km, pts1ed, mr) "
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. At one time the Buddha was staying at Ñātika in the brick house. nātike → ñātike (bj, sya-all, km)
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā sāriputto sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, wandered for alms in Sāvatthī.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā piṇḍolabhāradvājo kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme. At one time Venerable Bhāradvāja the Alms-gatherer was staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākaccāno avantīsu viharati kuraraghare papāte pabbate. At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying in the land of the Avantis near Kuraraghara on Steep Mountain. kuraraghare → kulaghare (sya-all, mr) | papāte → pavatte (bj, pts1ed); sampavatte (sya-all, km, mr)
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile Hill, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahākaccāno avantīsu viharati makkarakate araññakuṭikāyaṁ. At one time Venerable Mahākaccāna was staying in the land of the Avantis in a wilderness hut near Makkarakaṭa. makkarakate → makkarakaṭe (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed)
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā udāyī kāmaṇḍāyaṁ viharati todeyyassa brāhmaṇassa ambavane. At one time Venerable Udāyī was staying near Kāmaṇḍā in the brahmin Todeyya’s mango grove. Atha kho āyasmā udāyī tassā rattiyā accayena pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena verahaccānigottāya brāhmaṇiyā nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then when the night had passed, Udāyī robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the brahmin lady’s home, and sat down on the seat spread out. Atha kho āyasmā udāyī tassā rattiyā accayena pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena verahaccānigottāya brāhmaṇiyā nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. sn35.133
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati devadahaṁ nāma sakyānaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near the Sakyan town named Devadaha.
Yo taṁ rūpamayaṁ vegaṁ sahati, ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, atari cakkhusamuddaṁ saūmiṁ sāvaṭṭaṁ sagāhaṁ sarakkhasaṁ; Someone who can withstand those currents is said to have crossed over the ocean of the eye, with its waves and whirlpools, its saltwater crocodiles and monsters. Yo taṁ rasamayaṁ vegaṁ sahati, ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, atari jivhāsamuddaṁ saūmiṁ sāvaṭṭaṁ sagāhaṁ sarakkhasaṁ; sn35.228 Yo taṁ dhammamayaṁ vegaṁ sahati, ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, atari manosamuddaṁ saūmiṁ sāvaṭṭaṁ sagāhaṁ sarakkhasaṁ; Someone who can withstand those currents is said to have crossed over the ocean of the mind, with its waves and whirlpools, its saltwater crocodiles and monsters.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahākoṭṭhiko bārāṇasiyaṁ viharanti isipatane migadāye. At one time Venerable Sāriputta and Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita were staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. mahākoṭṭhiko → mahākoṭṭhito (bj) Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita came out of retreat, went to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca ānando āyasmā ca kāmabhū kosambiyaṁ viharanti ghositārāme. At one time the venerables Ānanda and Kāmabhū were staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. Atha kho āyasmā kāmabhū sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi. Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Kāmabhū came out of retreat, went to Venerable Ānanda, and exchanged greetings with him.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca ānando āyasmā ca udāyī kosambiyaṁ viharanti ghositārāme. At one time the venerables Ānanda and Udāyī were staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. Atha kho āyasmā udāyī sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi. Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Udāyī came out of retreat, went to Venerable Ānanda, and exchanged greetings with him.
“Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhikkhave, kummo kacchapo sāyanhasamayaṁ anunadītīre gocarapasuto ahosi. “Once upon a time, mendicants, a tortoise was grazing along the bank of a river in the afternoon. Siṅgālopi kho, bhikkhave, sāyanhasamayaṁ anunadītīre gocarapasuto ahosi. At the same time, a jackal was also hunting along the river bank. Siṅgālopi → sigālopi (bj, sya-all, km) "
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kimilāyaṁ viharati gaṅgāya nadiyā tīre. At one time the Buddha was staying near Kimibilā on the bank of the Ganges river. kimilāyaṁ → kimbilāyaṁ (bj, pts1ed); kimmilāyaṁ (sya-all, km)
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gaṅgā nadī pācīnaninnā pācīnapoṇā pācīnapabbhārā. Atha mahājanakāyo āgaccheyya kuddālapiṭakaṁ ādāya: ‘mayaṁ imaṁ gaṅgaṁ nadiṁ pacchāninnaṁ karissāma pacchāpoṇaṁ pacchāpabbhāran’ti. Suppose that, although the Ganges river slants, slopes, and inclines to the east, a large crowd were to come along with a spade and basket, saying: ‘We’ll make this Ganges river slant, slope, and incline to the west!’
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena gilānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the infirmary, where he sat down on the seat spread out,
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena gilānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the infirmary, where he sat down on the seat spread out,
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
Idha, bhikkhave, mātugāmo pubbaṇhasamayaṁ maccheramalapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā agāraṁ ajjhāvasati. A female lives at home with a heart full of the stain of stinginess in the morning, jealousy in the afternoon, and sexual desire in the evening. Majjhanhikasamayaṁ issāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā agāraṁ ajjhāvasati. sn37.4 Sāyanhasamayaṁ kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā agāraṁ ajjhāvasati. sn37.4
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā sāriputto magadhesu viharati nālakagāmake. At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying in the land of the Magadhans near the little village of Nālaka.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā sāriputto vajjīsu viharati ukkacelāyaṁ gaṅgāya nadiyā tīre. At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying in the land of the Vajjis near Ukkacelā on the bank of the Ganges river. ukkacelāyaṁ → ukkavelāyaṁ (bj, pts1ed)
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ sambahulā therā bhikkhū macchikāsaṇḍe viharanti ambāṭakavane. At one time several senior mendicants were staying near Macchikāsaṇḍa in the Wild Mango Grove.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ sambahulā therā bhikkhū macchikāsaṇḍe viharanti ambāṭakavane. At one time several senior mendicants were staying near Macchikāsaṇḍa in the Wild Mango Grove. Atha kho therā bhikkhū tassā rattiyā accayena pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena cittassa gahapatissa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdiṁsu. Then when the night had passed, the senior mendicants robed up in the morning and, taking their bowls and robes, went to Citta’s home, and sat down on the seats spread out.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ sambahulā therā bhikkhū macchikāsaṇḍe viharanti ambāṭakavane. At one time several senior mendicants were staying near Macchikāsaṇḍa in the Wild Mango Grove. Atha kho therā bhikkhū tassā rattiyā accayena pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena cittassa gahapatissa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdiṁsu. Then when the night had passed, the senior mendicants robed up in the morning and, taking their bowls and robes, went to Citta’s home, and sat down on the seats spread out.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ sambahulā therā bhikkhū macchikāsaṇḍe viharanti ambāṭakavane. At one time several senior mendicants were staying near Macchikāsaṇḍa in the Wild Mango Grove. Atha kho therā bhikkhū tassā rattiyā accayena pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena cittassa gahapatino gokulaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdiṁsu. Then when the night had passed, the senior mendicants robed up in the morning and, taking their bowls and robes, went to Citta’s barn, and sat down on the seats spread out.
“Idāneva kho te mayaṁ, bhante, bhāsitaṁ: “Sir, just now I understood you to say: Idāneva kho te → idāneva ca pana (sya-all, km, mr); idāneva kho te pana (pts1ed) " Idāneva ca pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhāsitaṁ: But then I understood you to say:
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṁ viharati pāvārikambavane. At one time the Buddha was staying near Nāḷandā in Pāvārika’s mango grove. yo so puriso pāṇātipātī rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayāsamayaṁ upādāya, katamo bahutaro samayo, yaṁ vā so pāṇamatipāteti, yaṁ vā so pāṇaṁ nātipātetī”ti? Take a person who kills living creatures. If we compare periods of time during the day and night, which is more frequent: the occasions when they’re killing or when they’re not killing?” “Yo so, bhante, puriso pāṇātipātī rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayāsamayaṁ upādāya, appataro so samayo yaṁ so pāṇamatipāteti, atha kho sveva bahutaro samayo yaṁ so pāṇaṁ nātipātetī”ti. “The occasions when they’re killing are less frequent, while the occasions when they’re not killing are more frequent.” yo so puriso adinnādāyī rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayāsamayaṁ upādāya, katamo bahutaro samayo, yaṁ vā so adinnaṁ ādiyati, yaṁ vā so adinnaṁ nādiyatī”ti. Take a person who steals … “Yo so, bhante, puriso adinnādāyī rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayāsamayaṁ upādāya appataro so samayo, yaṁ so adinnaṁ ādiyati, atha kho sveva bahutaro samayo, yaṁ so adinnaṁ nādiyatī”ti. sn42.8 Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, gāmaṇi, yo so puriso kāmesumicchācārī rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayāsamayaṁ upādāya, katamo bahutaro samayo, yaṁ vā so kāmesu micchā carati, yaṁ vā so kāmesu micchā na caratī”ti? Take a person who commits sexual misconduct … “Yo so, bhante, puriso kāmesumicchācārī rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayāsamayaṁ upādāya, appataro so samayo yaṁ so kāmesu micchā carati, atha kho sveva bahutaro samayo, yaṁ so kāmesu micchā na caratī”ti. sn42.8 Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, gāmaṇi, yo so puriso musāvādī rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayāsamayaṁ upādāya, katamo bahutaro samayo, yaṁ vā so musā bhaṇati, yaṁ vā so musā na bhaṇatī”ti? Take a person who lies. If we compare periods of time during the day and night, which is more frequent: the occasions when they’re lying or when they’re not lying?” “Yo so, bhante, puriso musāvādī rattiyā vā divasassa vā samayāsamayaṁ upādāya, appataro so samayo, yaṁ so musā bhaṇati, atha kho sveva bahutaro samayo, yaṁ so musā na bhaṇatī”ti. “The occasions when they’re lying are less frequent, while the occasions when they’re not lying are more frequent.”
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena nāḷandā tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants when he arrived at Nāḷandā.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā mallesu viharati uruvelakappaṁ nāma mallānaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Mallas, near the Mallian town called Uruvelakappa.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā koliyesu viharati uttaraṁ nāma koliyānaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Koliyans, where they have a town called Uttara. uttaraṁ nāma → uttarakaṁ nāma (bj); uttarannāma (sya-all) Anabbhācikkhitukāmā hi mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantan”ti. For we don’t want to misrepresent the Blessed One.” “Saccaṁyeva kira, bho, mayaṁ tesaṁ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṁ na saddahāma: “Sir, we didn’t believe that what those ascetics and brahmins said was really true.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Ekamidāhaṁ, bhante, samayaṁ khemaṁ bhikkhuniṁ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṁ apucchiṁ. This one time I went to the nun Khemā and asked her about this matter. Handa dāni mayaṁ, bhante, gacchāma. Well, now, sir, I must go. Bahukiccā mayaṁ bahukaraṇīyā”ti. I have many duties, and much to do.”
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca sāriputto, āyasmā ca mahākoṭṭhiko bārāṇasiyaṁ viharanti isipatane migadāye. At one time Venerable Sāriputta and Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita were staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. mahākoṭṭhiko → mahākoṭṭhito (bj) " Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṁ sammodi. Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita came out of retreat, went to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca sāriputto, āyasmā ca mahākoṭṭhiko bārāṇasiyaṁ viharanti isipatane migadāye …pe… At one time Venerable Sāriputta and Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita were staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. …
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca sāriputto, āyasmā ca mahākoṭṭhiko bārāṇasiyaṁ viharanti isipatane migadāye …pe… At one time Venerable Sāriputta and Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita were staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. …
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca sāriputto, āyasmā ca mahākoṭṭhiko bārāṇasiyaṁ viharanti isipatane migadāye. At one time Venerable Sāriputta and Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita were staying near Varanasi, in the deer park at Isipatana. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā mahākoṭṭhikena saddhiṁ sammodi. Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita, and they greeted each other.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakyesu viharati nagarakaṁ nāma sakyānaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, where they have a town named Townsville. sakyesu → sakkesu (bj) | nagarakaṁ nāma → nāgarakaṁ nāma (bj); sakkaraṁ nāma (sya-all, pts1ed, mr) "
Evaṁ puṭṭhā mayaṁ, bhante, tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ evaṁ byākaroma: We answer them like this: Kacci mayaṁ, bhante, evaṁ puṭṭhā evaṁ byākaramānā vuttavādino ceva bhagavato homa, na ca bhagavantaṁ abhūtena abbhācikkhāma, dhammassa cānudhammaṁ byākaroma, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṁ ṭhānaṁ āgacchatī”ti? Answering this way, we trust that we repeat what the Buddha has said, and don’t misrepresent him with an untruth. We trust our explanation is in line with the teaching, and that there are no legitimate grounds for rebuke or criticism.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca ānando āyasmā ca bhaddo pāṭaliputte viharanti kukkuṭārāme. At one time the venerables Ānanda and Bhadda were staying near Pāṭaliputta, in the Chicken Monastery. Atha kho āyasmā bhaddo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi. Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Bhadda came out of retreat, went to Venerable Ānanda, and exchanged greetings with him.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā sāriputto sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Imesaṁ khvāhaṁ, āvuso, sattannaṁ bojjhaṅgānaṁ yena yena bojjhaṅgena ākaṅkhāmi pubbaṇhasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tena tena bojjhaṅgena pubbaṇhasamayaṁ viharāmi; In the morning, I meditate on whichever of these seven awakening factors I want. yena yena bojjhaṅgena ākaṅkhāmi majjhanhikaṁ samayaṁ viharituṁ, tena tena bojjhaṅgena majjhanhikaṁ samayaṁ viharāmi; At midday, yena yena bojjhaṅgena ākaṅkhāmi sāyanhasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tena tena bojjhaṅgena sāyanhasamayaṁ viharāmi. and in the evening, I meditate on whichever of these seven awakening factors I want. So yaññadeva dussayugaṁ ākaṅkheyya pubbaṇhasamayaṁ pārupituṁ, taṁ tadeva dussayugaṁ pubbaṇhasamayaṁ pārupeyya; In the morning, they’d don whatever pair of garments they wanted. yaññadeva dussayugaṁ ākaṅkheyya majjhanhikaṁ samayaṁ pārupituṁ, taṁ tadeva dussayugaṁ majjhanhikaṁ samayaṁ pārupeyya; At midday, yaññadeva dussayugaṁ ākaṅkheyya sāyanhasamayaṁ pārupituṁ, taṁ tadeva dussayugaṁ sāyanhasamayaṁ pārupeyya. and in the evening, they’d don whatever pair of garments they wanted. Evameva khvāhaṁ, āvuso, imesaṁ sattannaṁ bojjhaṅgānaṁ yena yena bojjhaṅgena ākaṅkhāmi pubbaṇhasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tena tena bojjhaṅgena pubbaṇhasamayaṁ viharāmi; In the same way, in the morning, yena yena bojjhaṅgena ākaṅkhāmi majjhanhikaṁ samayaṁ viharituṁ, tena tena bojjhaṅgena majjhanhikaṁ samayaṁ viharāmi; at midday, yena yena bojjhaṅgena ākaṅkhāmi sāyanhasamayaṁ viharituṁ, tena tena bojjhaṅgena sāyanhasamayaṁ viharāmi. and in the evening, I meditate on whichever of these seven awakening factors I want.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sākete viharati añjanavane migadāye. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāketa in the deer park at the Añjana Wood. añjanavane → añcanavane (csp1ed, csp2ed)
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca upavāno āyasmā ca sāriputto kosambiyaṁ viharanti ghositārāme. At one time the venerables Upavāna and Sāriputta were staying near Kosambī, in Ghosita’s Monastery. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā upavāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā upavānena saddhiṁ sammodi. Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Upavāna and exchanged greetings with him.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahākassapo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahākassapaṁ etadavoca: Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat, went to Venerable Mahākassapa, sat down on the seat spread out, and said to him:
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat, went to Venerable Moggallāna, sat down on the seat spread out, and said to him:
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sumbhesu viharati setakaṁ nāma sumbhānaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sumbhas, near the town of the Sumbhas called Sedaka.
Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pavisiṁsu. Then several mendicants robed up in the morning and, taking their bowls and robes, entered Sāvatthī for alms. Uddhataṁ, bhikkhave, cittaṁ taṁ etehi dhammehi duvūpasamayaṁ hoti. Because it’s hard to settle a restless mind with these things. Uddhataṁ, bhikkhave, cittaṁ taṁ etehi dhammehi duvūpasamayaṁ hoti. Because it’s hard to settle a restless mind with these things. Uddhataṁ, bhikkhave, cittaṁ taṁ etehi dhammehi suvūpasamayaṁ hoti. Because it’s easy to settle a restless mind with these things. Uddhataṁ, bhikkhave, cittaṁ taṁ etehi dhammehi suvūpasamayaṁ hoti. Because it’s easy to settle a restless mind with these things.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā koliyesu viharati haliddavasanaṁ nāma koliyānaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Koliyans, where they have a town called Haliddavasana. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya haliddavasanaṁ piṇḍāya pavisiṁsu. Then several mendicants robed up in the morning and, taking their bowls and robes, entered Haliddavasana for alms. Yannūna mayaṁ yena aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ ārāmo tenupasaṅkameyyāmā”ti. Why don’t we visit the monastery of the wanderers of other religions?” “Idha mayaṁ, bhante, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya haliddavasane piṇḍāya pavisimha. sn46.54 Yannūna mayaṁ yena aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ ārāmo tenupasaṅkameyyāmā’ti. Atha kho mayaṁ, bhante, yena aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ ārāmo tenupasaṅkamimha, upasaṅkamitvā tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṁ sammodimha. sn46.54 Atha kho mayaṁ, bhante, tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ bhāsitaṁ neva abhinandimha nappaṭikkosimha, anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamimha: sn46.54
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu viharati sālāya brāhmaṇagāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kosalans near the brahmin village of Sālā.
‘mayamevamha alakkhikā, mayaṁ appapuññā, ye mayaṁ agocare carimha paravisaye. ‘I’m so unlucky, so unfortunate, to have roamed out of my territory into the domain of others. mayamevamha → mayamevāmha (mr) Sacejja mayaṁ gocare careyyāma sake pettike visaye, na myāyaṁ, sakuṇagghi, alaṁ abhavissa, yadidaṁ—yuddhāyā’ti. If today I’d roamed within my own territory, the domain of my fathers, this hawk wouldn’t have been able to beat me by fighting.’ na myāyaṁ → na cāyaṁ (bj)
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati veḷuvagāmake. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the little village of Beluva. veḷuvagāmake → beluvagāmake (bj, pts1ed); veluvagāmake (sya-all, km)
Atha kho āyasmā ānando pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena aññataro bhikkhunupassayo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then Venerable Ānanda robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the nuns’ quarters, and sat down on the seat spread out. “Idhāhaṁ, bhante, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena aññataro bhikkhunupassayo tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdiṁ. sn47.10
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā nālandāyaṁ viharati pāvārikambavane. At one time the Buddha was staying near Nāḷandā in Pāvārika’s mango grove. nālandāyaṁ → nāḷandāyaṁ (sya-all)
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Taṁ mayaṁ āyasmato sāriputtassa dhammojaṁ dhammabhogaṁ dhammānuggahaṁ anussarāmā”ti. I remember the nectar of the teaching, the riches of the teaching, the support of the teaching given by Venerable Sāriputta.”
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vajjīsu viharati ukkacelāyaṁ gaṅgāya nadiyā tīre mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ aciraparinibbutesu sāriputtamoggallānesu. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Vajjis near Ukkacelā on the bank of the Ganges river, together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. It was not long after Sāriputta and Moggallāna had become fully extinguished.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhe paṭhamābhisambuddho. At one time, when he was first awakened, the Buddha was staying in Uruvelā at the goatherd’s banyan tree on the bank of the Nerañjarā River.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sumbhesu viharati sedakaṁ nāma sumbhānaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sumbhas, near the town of the Sumbhas called Sedaka. Evaṁ mayaṁ aññamaññaṁ guttā aññamaññaṁ rakkhitā sippāni ceva dassessāma, lābhañca lacchāma, sotthinā ca caṇḍālavaṁsā orohissāmā’ti. That’s how, guarding and looking after each other, we’ll display our skill, collect our fee, and get down safely from the bamboo pole.’ lābhañca → lābhe ca (bj) " Evaṁ mayaṁ attaguttā attarakkhitā sippāni ceva dassessāma, lābhañca lacchāma, sotthinā ca caṇḍālavaṁsā orohissāmā’”ti. That’s how, guarding and looking after ourselves, we’ll display our skill, collect our fee, and get down safely from the bamboo pole.’
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sumbhesu viharati sedakaṁ nāma sumbhānaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sumbhas, near the town of the Sumbhas called Sedaka.
ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca ānando āyasmā ca bhaddo pāṭaliputte viharanti kukkuṭārāme. At one time the venerables Ānanda and Bhadda were staying near Pāṭaliputta, in the Chicken Monastery. Atha kho āyasmā bhaddo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi. Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Bhadda came out of retreat, went to Venerable Ānanda, and exchanged greetings with him.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca ānando āyasmā ca bhaddo pāṭaliputte viharanti kukkuṭārāme. At one time the venerables Ānanda and Bhadda were staying near Pāṭaliputta, in the Chicken Monastery. Atha kho āyasmā bhaddo sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi. Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Bhadda came out of retreat, went to Venerable Ānanda, and exchanged greetings with him.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno āyasmā ca anuruddho sākete viharanti kaṇḍakīvane. At one time the venerables Sāriputta, Mahāmoggallāna, and Anuruddha were staying near Sāketa, in the Thorny Wood. kaṇḍakīvane → kaṇṭakīvane (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed) Atha kho āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhitā yenāyasmā anuruddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā anuruddhena saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu. Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta and Mahāmoggallāna came out of retreat, went to Anuruddha, and exchanged greetings with him.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ānando rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground. Atha kho āyasmā ānando pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena sirivaḍḍhassa gahapatissa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho āyasmā ānando sirivaḍḍhaṁ gahapatiṁ etadavoca: Then Venerable Ānanda robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of the householder Sirivaḍḍha, sat down on the seat spread out, and said to him:
“ekamidāhaṁ, bhikkhave, samayaṁ uruvelāyaṁ viharāmi najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhe paṭhamābhisambuddho. “Mendicants, at one time, when I was first awakened, I was staying in Uruvelā at the goatherd’s banyan tree on the bank of the Nerañjarā River.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito pacchātape nisinno hoti piṭṭhiṁ otāpayamāno. Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and sat warming his back in the last rays of the sun.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā aṅgesu viharati āpaṇaṁ nāma aṅgānaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Aṅgas, near the Aṅgan town called Āpaṇa.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu viharati sālāya brāhmaṇagāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Kosalans near the brahmin village of Sālā.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā mallesu viharati uruvelakappaṁ nāma mallānaṁ nigamo. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Mallas, near the Mallian town called Uruvelakappa. mallesu → mallakesu (bj, sya-all, km); mallikesu (pts1ed, mr) "
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā uruvelāyaṁ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhe paṭhamābhisambuddho. At one time, when he was first awakened, the Buddha was staying in Uruvelā at the goatherd’s banyan tree on the bank of the Nerañjarā River.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate sūkarakhatāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain in the Boar’s Cave.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Vesālī for alms.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the Eastern Monastery, the stilt longhouse of Migāra’s mother.
ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā anuruddho sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time Venerable Anuruddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca anuruddho āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno sākete viharanti kaṇḍakīvane. At one time the venerables Anuruddha, Sāriputta, and Mahāmoggallāna were staying near Sāketa, in the Thorny Wood. kaṇḍakīvane → kaṇṭakīvane (bj, sya-all, pts1ed) " Atha kho āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhitā yenāyasmā anuruddho tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā anuruddhena saddhiṁ sammodiṁsu. Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta and Mahāmoggallāna came out of retreat, went to Anuruddha, and exchanged greetings with him.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā anuruddho sāvatthiyaṁ viharati salaḷāgāre. At one time Venerable Anuruddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the frankincense-tree hut. salaḷāgāre → salalāgāre (bj) ‘mayaṁ imaṁ gaṅgānadiṁ pacchāninnaṁ karissāma pacchāpoṇaṁ pacchāpabbhāran’ti. ‘We’ll make this Ganges river slant, slope, and incline to the west!’
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca anuruddho āyasmā ca sāriputto vesāliyaṁ viharanti ambapālivane. At one time the venerables Anuruddha and Sāriputta were staying near Vesālī, in Ambapālī’s Mango Grove. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṁ anuruddhaṁ etadavoca: Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Anuruddha, and said to him: Ye mayaṁ āyasmato anuruddhassa sammukhāva assumha āsabhiṁ vācaṁ bhāsamānassā”ti. to have heard such a dramatic statement in the presence of Venerable Anuruddha.” "
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā anuruddho sāvatthiyaṁ viharati andhavanasmiṁ ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno. At one time Venerable Anuruddha was staying near Sāvatthī in the Dark Forest. And he was sick, suffering, gravely ill.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā anuruddho sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time Venerable Anuruddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
“Yadāpi mayaṁ, bhante, taṁ āyasmantaṁ passāma saṅghamajjhe vā nisinnaṁ ekaṁ vā raho nisinnaṁ, tadāpi mayaṁ tassa āyasmato na passāma kāyassa iñjitattaṁ vā phanditattaṁ vā”ti. “Sir, whenever we see that mendicant meditating—whether in the middle of the Saṅgha or alone in private—we never see any disturbance or trembling in his body.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kimilāyaṁ viharati veḷuvane. At one time the Buddha was staying near Kimbilā in the Freshwater Mangrove Wood. kimilāyaṁ → kimbilāyaṁ (bj, pts1ed)
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā lomasakaṁbhiyo sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme. At one time Venerable Lomasavaṅgīsa was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. lomasakaṁbhiyo → lomasavaṅgīso (bj, pts1ed) Ekamidaṁ, āvuso mahānāma, samayaṁ bhagavā icchānaṅgale viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe. At one time the Buddha was staying in a forest near Icchānaṅgala.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca ānando sāvatthiyaṁ viharanti jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho āyasmā ānando sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito …pe… ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavoca: Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Ānanda came out of retreat … and said to Sāriputta: “katinaṁ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, dhammānaṁ samannāgamanahetu evamayaṁ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā”ti? “Reverend, how many things do people have to possess in order for the Buddha to declare that they’re a stream-enterer, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening?” “Catunnaṁ kho, āvuso, dhammānaṁ samannāgamanahetu evamayaṁ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā. “Reverend, people have to possess four things in order for the Buddha to declare that they’re a stream-enterer, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening. Imesaṁ kho, āvuso, catunnaṁ dhammānaṁ samannāgamanahetu evamayaṁ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā”ti. People have to possess these four things in order for the Buddha to declare that they’re a stream-enterer, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening.” "
“Yadā mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma: “Sir, when we hear that Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma: And when we hear that Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma: And when we hear that Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma: And when we hear that Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma: And when we hear that Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma: sn55.6 Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma: sn55.6 Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma: sn55.6 Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma: sn55.6 Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma: sn55.6 Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma: But when we hear that Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma: And when we hear that Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma: sn55.6 Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma: sn55.6 Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma: sn55.6 Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma: sn55.6 Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma: sn55.6 Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma: sn55.6 Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma: sn55.6 Yadā pana mayaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ suṇāma: And when we hear that “Idha mayaṁ, bhante, yadā rājā pasenadi kosalo uyyānabhūmiṁ niyyātukāmo hoti, ye te rañño pasenadissa kosalassa nāgā opavayhā te kappetvā, yā tā rañño pasenadissa kosalassa pajāpatiyo piyā manāpā tā ekaṁ purato ekaṁ pacchato nisīdāpema. “Sir, it’s when King Pasenadi of Kosala wants to go and visit a park. We have to harness and prepare his royal elephants. Then we have to seat his dear and beloved wives on the elephants, one in front of us, and one behind. Na kho pana mayaṁ, bhante, abhijānāma tāsu bhaginīsu pāpakaṁ cittaṁ uppādetā. But we don’t recall having a bad thought regarding those sisters.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ yena veḷudvāraṁ nāma kosalānaṁ brāhmaṇagāmo tadavasari. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants when he arrived at a village of the Kosalan brahmins named Bamboo Gate. “mayaṁ, bho gotama, evaṅkāmā evaṁchandā evaṁadhippāyā— “Master Gotama, these are our wishes, desires, and hopes. Tesaṁ no bhavaṁ gotamo amhākaṁ evaṅkāmānaṁ evaṁchandānaṁ evaṁadhippāyānaṁ tathā dhammaṁ desetu yathā mayaṁ puttasambādhasayanaṁ ajjhāvaseyyāma …pe… sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyyāmā”ti. Given that we have such wishes, may the Buddha teach us the Dhamma so that we may achieve them.” ete mayaṁ bhavantaṁ gotamaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāma dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. We go for refuge to Master Gotama, to the teaching, and to the mendicant Saṅgha.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca ānando āyasmā ca sāriputto sāvatthiyaṁ viharanti jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the venerables Ānanda and Sāriputta were staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṁ sammodi. Then in the late afternoon, Venerable Sāriputta came out of retreat, went to Venerable Ānanda, and exchanged greetings with him. “katinaṁ kho, āvuso ānanda, dhammānaṁ pahānā, katinaṁ dhammānaṁ samannāgamanahetu, evamayaṁ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā”ti? “Reverend, how many things do people have to give up and how many do they have to possess in order for the Buddha to declare that they’re a stream-enterer, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening?” “Catunnaṁ kho, āvuso, dhammānaṁ pahānā, catunnaṁ dhammānaṁ samannāgamanahetu, evamayaṁ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇāti. “Reverend, people have to give up four things and possess four things in order for the Buddha to declare that they’re a stream-enterer, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening. Imesaṁ kho, āvuso, catunnaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānā imesaṁ catunnaṁ dhammānaṁ samannāgamanahetu evamayaṁ pajā bhagavatā byākatā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā”ti. People have to give up these four things and possess these four things in order for the Buddha to declare that they’re a stream-enterer, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening.” "
Buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa, evamayaṁ pajā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā. It’s the reason why some sentient beings are stream-enterers, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening. Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgamanahetu kho, mārisa, evamayaṁ pajā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā”ti. It’s the reason why some sentient beings are stream-enterers, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, bound for awakening.”
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. So khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ vā payirupāsitvā manobhāvanīye vā bhikkhū sāyanhasamayaṁ kapilavatthuṁ pavisanto; In the late afternoon, after paying homage to the Buddha or an esteemed mendicant, I enter Kapilavatthu.
ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. So khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ vā payirupāsitvā manobhāvanīye vā bhikkhū sāyanhasamayaṁ kapilavatthuṁ pavisanto; In the late afternoon, after paying homage to the Buddha or an esteemed mendicant, I enter Kapilavatthu.
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya āyasmatā ānandena pacchāsamaṇena yena anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho āyasmā sāriputto anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ etadavoca: Then Venerable Sāriputta robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went with Venerable Ānanda as his second monk to Anāthapiṇḍika’s home. He sat down on the seat spread out, and said to Anāthapiṇḍika,
Atha kho āyasmā ānando pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho āyasmā ānando anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ etadavoca: Then Venerable Ānanda robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of the householder Anāthapiṇḍika. He sat down on the seat spread out and said to Anāthapiṇḍika,
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof.
‘yathārūpena kho mayaṁ buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatā tato cutā idhūpapannā, ariyasāvakopi tathārūpena buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato ehīti devānaṁ santike’ti. ‘Having such experiential confidence in the Buddha, we passed away from there and were reborn here. That noble disciple has the same kind of experiential confidence in the Buddha, so they will come into the presence of the gods.’ ‘yathārūpehi kho mayaṁ ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgatā tato cutā idhūpapannā, ariyasāvakopi tathārūpehi ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato ehīti devānaṁ santike’ti. ‘Having such ethical conduct loved by the noble ones, we passed away from there and were reborn here. That noble disciple has the same kind of ethical conduct loved by the noble ones, so they will come into the presence of the gods.’
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena kāḷigodhāya sākiyāniyā nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of Kāḷigodhā the Sakyan lady, where he sat on the seat spread out. kāḷigodhāya → kāligodhāya (bj)
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṁ nigrodhārāme. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Sakyans, near Kapilavatthu in the Banyan Tree Monastery.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ sambahulā therā bhikkhū cetesu viharanti sahañcanike. At one time several mendicants were staying in the land of the Cetīs at Sahajāti. cetesu → cetīsu (bj); cetiyesu (sya-all) | sahañcanike → sahajātiyaṁ (bj); sahajaniye (sya-all, km)
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosambiyaṁ viharati sīsapāvane. At one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambī in a rosewood forest. sīsapāvane → siṁsapāvane (bj, pts1ed) "
‘ehambho purisa, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ taṁ sattisatena hanissanti, majjhanhikasamayaṁ sattisatena hanissanti, sāyanhasamayaṁ sattisatena hanissanti. ‘Come now, my good man, they’ll strike you with a hundred spears in the morning, at midday, and in the late afternoon. Na kho panāhaṁ, bhikkhave, saha dukkhena, saha domanassena catunnaṁ ariyasaccānaṁ abhisamayaṁ vadāmi; But the comprehension of the four noble truths doesn’t come with pain or sadness, I say. api cāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sahāva sukhena, sahāva somanassena catunnaṁ ariyasaccānaṁ abhisamayaṁ vadāmi. Rather, the comprehension of the four noble truths comes only with pleasure and happiness, I say.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. Atha kho āyasmā ānando pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Then Venerable Ānanda robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Vesālī for alms. “idhāhaṁ, bhante, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ. sn56.45